1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
28 /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */
29 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS FALSE
37 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
38 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
41 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
42 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
44 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
45 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
47 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
49 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
51 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
57 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
58 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
59 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
60 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
61 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
62 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
63 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
64 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
65 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
67 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
68 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
69 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
70 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
71 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
72 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
73 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
74 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
75 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
76 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
77 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
79 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
80 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
81 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
82 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
83 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
84 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
85 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
86 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
87 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
88 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
89 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
91 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
95 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
96 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
98 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
99 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
100 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
102 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
103 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
104 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
105 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
106 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
107 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
108 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
109 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
111 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
112 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
113 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
114 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
115 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
116 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
117 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
118 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
119 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
120 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_edit
121 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
122 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
123 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
124 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
125 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
126 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
127 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
128 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
129 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
130 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
131 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
132 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
133 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
134 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
136 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
138 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
140 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
141 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
142 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
144 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
145 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
147 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
149 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
150 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
151 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
152 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
153 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
155 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
156 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
157 /* TOC base alignment. */
158 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
160 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
161 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
162 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
164 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
165 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
166 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
167 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
168 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
169 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
170 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
171 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
172 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
173 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
175 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
176 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
177 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
178 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
179 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
181 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
182 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
183 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
184 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
185 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
186 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
187 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
189 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
193 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
194 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
195 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
197 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
198 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
199 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
200 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
203 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
204 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
205 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
206 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
207 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
208 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
209 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
210 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
211 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
212 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
213 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
214 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
215 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
217 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in
218 R0 for ELFv1, and the address of a glink branch in R12 for ELFv2. */
219 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
220 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 14 * 4 : 13 * 4))
224 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
225 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
227 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
228 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
229 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
230 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
237 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
238 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
239 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
240 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
241 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
242 #define LD_R0_0R11 0xe80b0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r11) */
243 #define ADD_R11_R0_R11 0x7d605a14 /* add %r11,%r0,%r11 */
246 #define NOP 0x60000000
248 /* Some other nops. */
249 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
250 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
252 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
253 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
254 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
256 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
258 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
259 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
261 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
262 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
263 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
264 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
265 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
266 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
267 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
268 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
269 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
270 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
271 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
272 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
274 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
275 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
276 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
277 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
278 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
279 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
283 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
287 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
289 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
293 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
295 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
299 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
300 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
301 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
302 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
303 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
304 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
305 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
306 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
307 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
308 complain, special_func) \
309 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
310 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
311 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
313 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
315 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
317 /* This reloc does nothing. */
318 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
322 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
323 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
325 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
326 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
327 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
331 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
335 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
339 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
343 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
344 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
347 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
348 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
349 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
350 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
352 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
353 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
354 bits must be zero. */
355 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
356 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
358 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
359 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
360 two bits must be zero. */
361 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
362 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
364 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
365 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
366 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
368 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
369 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
370 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
372 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
373 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
374 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
376 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
377 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
379 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
380 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
382 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
383 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
385 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
386 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
388 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
390 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
391 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
393 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
395 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
398 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
400 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
401 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
403 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
405 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
406 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
408 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
409 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
410 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
411 shared library into the object, because the object being
412 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
413 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
418 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
422 entry for a symbol. */
423 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
424 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
426 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
427 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
429 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
430 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
432 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
433 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
434 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
436 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
437 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
438 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
440 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
441 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
442 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
444 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
445 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
446 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
448 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
449 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
450 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
451 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
455 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
456 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
460 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
461 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
465 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
466 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
469 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
470 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
472 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
473 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
474 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
476 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
477 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
478 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
480 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
481 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
482 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
484 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
486 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
488 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
490 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
491 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
492 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
494 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
495 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
498 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
499 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
500 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
503 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
504 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
507 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
508 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
509 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
512 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
513 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
514 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
516 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
517 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
518 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
520 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
521 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
522 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
524 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
526 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
527 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
528 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
531 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
532 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
533 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
535 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
536 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
537 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
538 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
540 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
546 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
548 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
549 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
550 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
552 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
553 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
554 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
555 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
557 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
558 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
559 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
560 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
561 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
562 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
563 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
564 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
565 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
566 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
567 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
569 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
570 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
571 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
572 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
574 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
580 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
582 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
583 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
584 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
586 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
587 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
588 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
590 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
591 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
592 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
594 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
595 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
596 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
598 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
599 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
600 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
602 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
603 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
604 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
606 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
607 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
608 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
610 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
611 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
612 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
614 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
615 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
616 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
618 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
619 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
620 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
622 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
623 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
624 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
625 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
628 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
629 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
632 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
633 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
634 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
636 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
637 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
639 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
640 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
642 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
643 each plt call stub. */
644 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
648 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
649 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
651 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
652 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
654 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
655 definition of its TLS sym. */
656 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
657 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
659 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
660 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
661 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
662 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
663 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
666 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
667 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
669 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
670 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
671 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
673 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
674 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
675 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
677 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
678 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
679 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
681 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
682 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
683 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
685 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
686 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
687 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
689 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
690 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
691 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
693 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
694 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
695 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
697 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
698 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
699 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
701 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
702 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
703 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
705 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
706 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
707 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
710 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
711 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
712 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
714 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
715 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
716 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
718 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
719 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
720 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
722 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
723 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
724 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
726 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
727 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
728 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
730 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
731 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
732 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
734 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
735 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
736 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
738 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
739 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
740 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
742 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
743 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
744 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
746 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
747 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
748 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
750 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
751 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
752 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
753 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
754 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
756 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
757 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
758 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
760 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
761 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
762 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
764 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
765 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
766 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
768 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
769 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
770 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
771 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
772 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
774 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
775 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
776 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
778 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
779 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
780 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
782 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
783 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
784 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
786 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
787 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
788 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
789 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
791 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
792 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
793 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
795 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
796 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
797 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
799 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
800 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
801 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
803 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
804 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
805 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
806 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
808 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
809 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
810 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
812 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
813 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
817 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
818 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
820 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
821 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
823 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
824 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
826 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
827 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
828 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
830 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
831 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
832 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
834 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
835 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
838 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
839 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
840 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
843 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
844 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
846 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
849 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
850 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
852 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
856 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
858 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
861 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
862 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
865 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
866 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
869 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
870 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
871 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
873 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
874 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
877 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
878 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
879 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
881 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
882 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
883 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
885 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
886 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
887 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
889 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
890 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
891 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
893 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
894 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
898 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
899 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
901 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
902 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
904 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
905 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
907 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
908 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
910 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
911 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
913 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
914 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
916 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
917 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
919 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
920 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
922 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
923 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
925 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
926 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
928 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
929 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
931 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
932 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
934 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
935 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
937 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
938 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
940 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
941 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
943 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
944 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
946 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
947 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
949 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
950 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
952 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
953 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
955 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
958 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
959 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
961 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
964 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
965 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
967 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
970 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
971 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
973 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
976 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
977 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
979 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
980 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
982 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
983 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
986 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
987 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
992 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
996 ppc_howto_init (void)
998 unsigned int i
, type
;
1000 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1002 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
1003 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
1004 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1008 static reloc_howto_type
*
1009 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1011 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1013 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1014 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1020 /* xgettext:c-format */
1021 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1026 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1315 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1317 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1319 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1323 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1326 static reloc_howto_type
*
1327 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1330 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1331 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1332 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1333 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1334 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1337 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1338 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1339 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1340 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1342 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1344 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1345 completely unnecessary. */
1346 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1347 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1349 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1350 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1351 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1357 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1360 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1361 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1365 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1366 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1369 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1370 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1372 /* xgettext:c-format */
1373 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1378 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1379 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1381 /* xgettext:c-format */
1382 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1391 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1393 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1394 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1395 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1396 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1398 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1400 bfd_size_type octets
;
1403 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1404 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1406 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1407 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1408 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1410 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1411 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1413 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1414 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1415 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1416 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1417 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1418 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1420 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1421 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1422 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1425 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1426 value
= symbol
->value
;
1427 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1428 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1429 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1430 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1431 + input_section
->output_offset
1432 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1433 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1435 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1436 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1438 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1439 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1440 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1441 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1442 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1445 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1446 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1447 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1448 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1450 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1451 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1452 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1454 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1455 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1457 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1458 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1460 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1461 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1462 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1463 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1467 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1469 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1470 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1471 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1475 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1477 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1479 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1481 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1487 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1489 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1492 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1493 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1494 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1495 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1498 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1499 bfd_size_type octets
;
1500 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1501 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1503 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1504 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1506 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1507 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1508 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1510 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1511 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1512 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1513 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1514 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1516 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1520 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1521 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1522 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1523 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1525 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1535 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1536 target
= symbol
->value
;
1537 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1538 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1539 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1541 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1542 + input_section
->output_offset
1543 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1545 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1546 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1549 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1551 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1552 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1555 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1556 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1557 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1558 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1560 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1561 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1563 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1564 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1565 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1567 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1568 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1569 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1572 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1573 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1574 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1575 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1577 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1578 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1580 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1581 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1582 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1584 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1585 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1587 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1612 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1615 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1616 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1617 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1618 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1622 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1623 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1625 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1626 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1627 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1629 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1631 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1633 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1634 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1636 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1637 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1638 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1641 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1642 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1643 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1644 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1647 bfd_size_type octets
;
1649 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1650 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1652 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1653 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1654 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1656 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1658 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1660 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1661 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1662 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1665 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1666 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1667 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1668 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1673 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1674 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1675 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1677 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1679 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1681 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1682 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1683 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1684 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1685 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1686 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1688 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1690 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1691 + input_section
->output_offset
1692 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1695 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1696 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1697 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1698 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1699 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1700 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1701 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1702 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1703 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1704 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1707 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1709 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1710 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1712 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1713 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1715 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1716 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1717 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1719 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1721 static char *message
;
1723 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1724 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
1726 *error_message
= message
;
1728 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1731 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1732 than one got entry per symbol. */
1735 struct got_entry
*next
;
1737 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1740 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1741 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1742 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1743 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1744 we merge entries within the group.
1746 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1749 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1750 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1751 unsigned char tls_type
;
1753 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1754 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1756 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1759 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1761 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1765 /* The same for PLT. */
1768 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1774 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1779 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1781 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1783 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1787 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1788 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1789 asection
*deleted_section
;
1791 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1792 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1793 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1797 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1798 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1800 /* Section contents. */
1804 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1805 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1806 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1808 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1809 instruction not one we handle. */
1810 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1812 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1814 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1817 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1818 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1820 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1821 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1823 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1824 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1825 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1827 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1830 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1832 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1836 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1837 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1840 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1842 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1845 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1847 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1849 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1851 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1852 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1853 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1856 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1859 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1862 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1864 size_t offset
, size
;
1866 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1873 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1879 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1880 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1881 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1885 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1887 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1891 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1892 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1893 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1894 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1895 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1901 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1911 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1914 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1915 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1916 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1919 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1920 -Wstringop-truncation:
1921 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1923 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1925 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1926 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1930 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1931 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1942 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1943 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1944 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1945 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1946 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1947 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1948 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1949 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1950 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1952 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1953 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1958 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1960 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1962 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1963 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1964 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1965 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1966 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1967 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1968 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1971 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1977 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1979 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1983 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1984 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1985 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1986 struct _opd_sec_data
1988 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1989 asection
**func_sec
;
1991 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1995 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1996 struct _toc_sec_data
1998 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
2001 /* And the relocation addend. */
2006 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
2008 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2009 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2010 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2012 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2013 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2015 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2017 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2020 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2021 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2024 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2026 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2028 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2029 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2031 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2034 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2037 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2041 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2043 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2045 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2046 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2047 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2052 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2053 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2056 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2057 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2058 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2062 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2063 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2064 static const asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2066 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2069 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2071 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2072 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2074 /* Section symbols first. */
2075 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2077 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2080 /* then .opd symbols. */
2081 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2083 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2084 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2086 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2087 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2091 /* then other code symbols. */
2092 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2093 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2094 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2095 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2098 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2099 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2100 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2101 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2104 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2106 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2109 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2113 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2116 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2119 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2120 syms over other syms. */
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2136 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2139 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2142 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2145 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2146 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2147 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2148 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2149 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2150 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2158 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2161 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2166 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2170 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2171 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2173 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2183 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2184 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2186 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2188 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2190 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2200 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2202 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2203 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2204 && section
->vma
<= vma
2205 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2208 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2209 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2210 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2213 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2214 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2215 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2221 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2222 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2223 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2225 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2231 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2232 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2244 symcount
= static_count
;
2246 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2250 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2254 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2256 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2257 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2258 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2259 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2261 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2262 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2264 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2266 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2267 function, and notype symbols. */
2268 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2269 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2270 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2271 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2274 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2275 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2276 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2278 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2280 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2281 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2282 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2283 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2284 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2285 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2286 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2288 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2289 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2291 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2292 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2293 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2294 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2295 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2301 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2302 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2303 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2304 to this function is the real binary. */
2305 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
2306 && strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2310 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2311 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2312 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2313 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2314 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2323 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2324 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2328 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2329 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2330 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2331 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2339 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2344 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2347 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2348 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2352 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2359 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2363 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2364 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2367 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2370 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2373 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2376 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2377 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2378 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2381 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2382 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2388 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2395 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2397 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2401 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2402 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2405 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2408 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2411 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2414 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2415 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2416 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2421 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2422 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2423 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2426 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2427 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2429 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2430 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2431 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2438 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2439 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2441 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2442 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2443 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2446 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2448 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2450 free_contents_and_exit
:
2456 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2460 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2461 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2464 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2465 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2468 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2469 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2473 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2475 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2477 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2479 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2481 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2482 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2484 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2485 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2488 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2489 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2491 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2492 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2494 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2497 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2499 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2500 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2501 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2502 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2503 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2504 glink stubs now reside. */
2505 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2516 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2517 from the first glink stub. */
2519 unsigned int off
= 0;
2521 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2522 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2524 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2526 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2529 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2538 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2540 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2543 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2544 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2545 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2547 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2548 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2550 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2551 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2553 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2555 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2561 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2562 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2564 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2566 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2568 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2572 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2575 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2576 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2580 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2587 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2588 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2590 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2594 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2599 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2600 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2602 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2606 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2608 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2610 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2613 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2614 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2617 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2618 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2620 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2621 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2622 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2628 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2632 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2633 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2635 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2637 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2639 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2640 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2641 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2646 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2647 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2648 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2649 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2650 a) finding the stubs, and,
2651 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2652 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2654 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2655 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2656 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2657 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2658 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2659 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2660 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2661 for pending shared library loads. */
2662 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2663 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2667 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2668 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2669 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2670 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2671 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2672 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2674 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2677 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2678 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2682 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2683 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2684 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2685 names
+= strlen (names
);
2687 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2688 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2708 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2709 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2710 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2711 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2712 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2713 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2716 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2717 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2718 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2725 The function definition in another object file might be:
2729 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2735 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2736 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2737 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2738 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2739 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2747 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2748 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2749 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2757 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2759 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2760 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2763 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2764 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2765 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2766 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2767 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2768 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2769 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2770 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2771 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2772 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2773 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2774 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2776 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2777 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2778 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2780 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2781 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2782 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2785 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2786 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2791 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2792 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2793 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2794 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2801 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2812 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2813 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2814 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2815 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2816 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2817 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2818 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2819 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2820 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2821 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2822 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2823 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2824 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2828 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2829 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2830 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2831 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2832 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2833 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2834 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2835 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2836 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2837 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2838 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2839 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2840 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2841 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2842 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2843 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2845 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2847 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2850 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2851 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2852 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2855 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2856 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2857 reach its destination.
2858 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2864 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2865 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2866 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2867 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2868 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2869 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2871 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2872 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2875 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2876 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2877 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2879 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2880 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2883 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2885 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2886 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2887 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2888 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2892 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2893 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2894 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2895 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2896 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2897 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2898 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2899 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2900 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2901 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2902 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2908 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2909 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2912 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2918 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2919 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2921 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2922 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2923 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2927 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2933 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2934 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2936 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2937 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2938 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2942 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2943 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2944 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2946 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2947 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2948 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2950 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2951 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2954 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2955 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2956 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2958 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2959 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2963 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2964 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2965 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2967 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2971 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2972 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2973 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2974 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2975 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2976 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2977 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2978 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2979 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2980 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2981 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2982 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2983 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2984 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2985 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2986 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2987 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2988 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2989 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2995 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2996 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2997 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2998 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2999 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
3000 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
3001 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
3002 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
3004 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
3005 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
3006 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
3007 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3011 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3014 /* The stub section. */
3016 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3019 struct map_stub
*next
;
3020 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3023 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3024 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3025 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3026 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3027 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3028 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3029 unsigned int eh_size
;
3030 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3031 unsigned int eh_base
;
3034 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3036 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3037 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3039 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3041 /* Group information. */
3042 struct map_stub
*group
;
3044 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3045 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3047 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3048 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3049 bfd_vma target_value
;
3050 asection
*target_section
;
3052 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3053 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3054 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3057 unsigned char symtype
;
3059 /* Symbol st_other. */
3060 unsigned char other
;
3063 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3065 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3066 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3068 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3069 unsigned int offset
;
3071 /* Generation marker. */
3075 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3076 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3080 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3083 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3084 unsigned int count
: 31;
3086 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3087 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3090 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3092 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3096 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3098 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3100 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3101 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3104 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3105 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3107 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3108 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3109 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3110 unsigned int fake
:1;
3112 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3113 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3114 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3115 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3117 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3118 with non-standard calling convention. */
3119 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3121 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3122 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3123 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3125 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3126 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3127 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3128 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3129 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3130 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3131 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3132 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3133 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3134 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3135 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3136 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3137 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3138 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3139 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3140 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3141 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3143 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3144 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3145 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3146 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3147 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3150 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3151 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3153 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3156 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3157 elf_hash_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3159 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3162 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3164 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3166 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3168 /* The stub hash table. */
3169 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3171 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3172 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3174 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3175 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3177 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3178 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3180 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3181 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3183 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3184 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3185 non-ppc64 sections. */
3188 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3193 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3194 struct map_stub
*group
;
3195 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3200 /* Linked list of groups. */
3201 struct map_stub
*group
;
3203 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3206 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3208 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3211 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3213 asection
*global_entry
;
3216 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3219 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3221 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3222 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3223 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3224 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3225 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3226 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3228 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3229 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3232 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3234 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3235 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3237 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3238 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3240 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3241 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3242 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3243 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3244 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3246 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3247 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3249 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3250 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3253 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3255 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3256 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3258 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3259 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3261 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3262 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3264 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3265 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3267 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3268 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3271 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3274 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3275 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3277 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3279 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3281 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3282 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3284 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3286 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3288 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3289 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3290 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3292 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3294 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3295 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
3296 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \
3297 ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
3299 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3300 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3301 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3303 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3304 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3305 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3307 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3309 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3310 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3311 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3314 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3318 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3323 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3324 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3327 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3329 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3330 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3331 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3333 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3334 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3335 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3344 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3346 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3347 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3348 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3351 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3355 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3360 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3361 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3364 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3366 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3367 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3375 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3377 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3378 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3379 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3382 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3386 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3391 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3392 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3395 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3397 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3398 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3399 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3401 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3402 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3403 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3404 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3406 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3407 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3409 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3411 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3412 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3413 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3415 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3417 if (string
[0] == '.')
3419 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3421 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3422 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3423 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3430 struct tocsave_entry
3437 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3439 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3440 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3444 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3446 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3447 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3448 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3451 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3454 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3456 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3458 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3459 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3460 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3461 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3462 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3463 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3466 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3468 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3469 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3471 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3472 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3474 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3478 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3479 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3486 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3487 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3488 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3490 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3494 /* And the branch hash table. */
3495 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3496 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3498 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3499 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3503 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3507 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3509 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3512 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3514 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3515 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3516 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3517 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3518 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3519 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3520 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3521 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3522 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3523 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3524 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3525 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3527 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3530 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3533 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3535 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3538 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3540 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3541 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3542 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3544 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3545 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3547 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3548 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3552 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3555 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3556 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3558 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3559 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3562 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3563 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3564 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3566 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3567 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3570 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3573 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3577 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3578 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3582 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3583 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3584 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3588 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3589 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3591 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3592 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3593 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3596 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3597 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3598 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3599 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3601 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3602 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3605 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3607 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3609 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3610 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3613 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3616 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3617 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3619 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3620 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3621 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3625 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3626 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3627 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3633 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3636 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3639 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3641 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3643 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3644 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3645 the start of the output TOC section. */
3646 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3647 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3648 htab
->params
= params
;
3650 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3653 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3656 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3657 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3658 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3659 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3664 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3665 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3666 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3667 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3671 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3672 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3673 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3676 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3677 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3678 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3679 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3683 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3684 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3685 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3688 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3689 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3690 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3691 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3692 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3694 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3695 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3699 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3700 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3701 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3702 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3703 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3704 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3705 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3706 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3708 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3709 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bfd_boolean notoc
)
3711 bfd_boolean have_notoc
;
3713 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3714 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3715 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3717 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3719 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3721 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3723 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3730 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3731 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3733 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3734 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3735 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3736 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3737 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3738 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3740 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3741 struct map_stub
*group
;
3743 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3744 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3745 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3746 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3747 distinguish between them. */
3748 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3752 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3753 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3754 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3756 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3762 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3763 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3766 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3767 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3769 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3774 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3776 bfd_boolean notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3778 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3784 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3785 stub entry are initialised. */
3787 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3788 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3790 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3792 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3793 struct map_stub
*group
;
3796 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3798 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3799 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3800 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3801 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3807 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3808 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3809 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3813 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3814 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3815 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3816 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3818 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3821 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3822 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3824 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3826 /* xgettext:c-format */
3827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3828 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3832 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3833 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3837 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3838 not already done. */
3841 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3843 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3845 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3847 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3853 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3856 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3857 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3859 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3861 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3864 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3865 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3867 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3870 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3871 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3875 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3877 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3878 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3880 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3881 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3886 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3887 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3889 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3892 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3893 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3895 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3898 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3901 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3902 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3904 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3906 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3908 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3909 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3911 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3913 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3915 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3916 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3918 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3925 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3928 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3929 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3933 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3936 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3938 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3940 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3942 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3943 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3945 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3946 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3947 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3948 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3949 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3951 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3952 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3953 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3954 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3955 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3956 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3957 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3959 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3960 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3961 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3962 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3963 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3965 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3968 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3969 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3971 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3973 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3974 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3976 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3977 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3978 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3980 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3982 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3983 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3985 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3986 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3993 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3996 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3997 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4000 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
4001 symbol which just became indirect. */
4002 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4004 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4006 struct got_entry
**entp
;
4007 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4009 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4011 struct got_entry
*dent
;
4013 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4014 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
4015 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4016 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4018 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4025 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4028 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4029 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4032 /* And plt entries. */
4033 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4035 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4037 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4038 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4039 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4040 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4041 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4042 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4043 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4047 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4048 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4050 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4051 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4053 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4057 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4059 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4060 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4064 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4070 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4071 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4076 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4078 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4079 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4082 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4083 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4084 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4085 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4089 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4090 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4091 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4092 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4095 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4096 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4098 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4105 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4109 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4110 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4111 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4113 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4118 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4122 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4123 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4124 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4126 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4127 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4128 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4129 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4130 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4131 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4132 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4134 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4135 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4138 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4139 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4140 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4142 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4144 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4147 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4149 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4150 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4151 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4153 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4154 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4163 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4166 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4167 unsigned int st_other
,
4168 bfd_boolean definition
,
4169 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4171 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4172 h
->other
= ((st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4173 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4176 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4177 we now have a real symbol. */
4180 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4181 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4182 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4183 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4184 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4185 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4186 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4188 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4189 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4190 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4194 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4195 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4196 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4197 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4199 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4200 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4201 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4208 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4210 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4211 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4212 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4218 len
= strlen (name
);
4219 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4220 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4221 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4223 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4224 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4225 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4229 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4230 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4234 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4235 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4236 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4237 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4238 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4239 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4240 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4241 function entry symbol is used. */
4244 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4246 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4247 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4249 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4250 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4252 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4255 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4258 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4262 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4264 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4265 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4266 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4267 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4269 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4270 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4272 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4279 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4280 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4282 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4283 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4284 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4285 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4286 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4287 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4289 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4290 descriptor symbol. */
4291 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4292 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4293 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4294 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4296 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4297 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4298 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4299 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4300 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4301 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4302 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4303 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4305 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4313 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4314 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4317 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4319 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4320 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4321 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4323 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4325 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4326 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4328 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4329 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4330 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4332 /* xgettext:c-format */
4333 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4334 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4335 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4340 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4342 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4343 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4344 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4345 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4346 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4347 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4348 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4349 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4350 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4351 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4354 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4358 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4359 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4360 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4361 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4362 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4363 && info
->gc_sections
)
4365 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4366 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4367 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4368 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4369 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4370 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4371 information about the associated function section. */
4373 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4375 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4377 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4378 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4379 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4381 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4382 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4386 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4387 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4388 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4390 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4391 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4393 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4394 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4395 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4400 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4404 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4409 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4410 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4411 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4414 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4418 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4419 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4422 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4424 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4425 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4426 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4427 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4429 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4430 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4433 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4438 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4439 not to be needed. */
4442 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4443 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4444 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4446 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4448 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4453 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4455 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4458 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4459 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4462 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4464 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4465 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4466 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4468 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4469 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4470 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4472 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4475 static struct plt_entry
**
4476 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4477 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4479 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4480 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4481 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4483 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4485 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4487 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4488 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4489 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4490 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4491 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4493 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4496 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4498 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4500 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4501 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4502 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4503 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4507 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4508 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4511 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4512 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4514 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4515 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4516 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4517 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4519 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4522 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4523 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4524 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4526 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4530 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4532 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4534 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4535 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4539 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4540 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4544 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4545 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4548 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4553 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4555 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4556 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4557 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4558 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4564 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4565 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4568 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4571 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4573 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4574 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4575 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4576 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4577 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4578 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4579 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4580 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4583 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4584 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4585 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4588 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4589 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4591 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4593 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4594 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4595 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4600 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4603 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4605 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4609 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4610 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4611 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4612 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4613 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4614 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4616 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4617 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4618 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4620 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4621 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4622 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4624 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4625 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4627 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4628 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4632 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4633 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4635 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4636 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4639 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4643 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4644 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4645 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4647 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4648 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4649 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4650 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4651 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4655 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4656 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4657 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4658 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4666 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4667 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4668 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4669 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4670 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4671 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4672 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4673 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4674 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4675 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4676 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4677 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4678 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4681 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4682 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4683 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4684 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4685 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4694 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4697 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4707 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4709 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4711 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4722 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4723 its parameter symbol. */
4725 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4727 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4729 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4731 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4734 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4738 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4739 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4742 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4743 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4744 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4747 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4750 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4751 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4752 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4753 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4754 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4755 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4756 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4757 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4760 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4761 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4762 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4763 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4764 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4765 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4767 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4771 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4772 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4773 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4774 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4775 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4776 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4778 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4779 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4780 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4781 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4782 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4783 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4784 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4785 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4787 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4788 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4791 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4792 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4797 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4798 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4800 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4801 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4802 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4803 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4804 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4808 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4809 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4812 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4813 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4815 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4816 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4817 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4818 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4820 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4821 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4824 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4825 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4826 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4830 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4831 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4832 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4833 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4834 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4835 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4838 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4843 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4844 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4845 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4846 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4847 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4849 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4850 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4852 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4853 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4857 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4858 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4859 section relative. */
4860 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4861 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4862 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4863 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4864 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4865 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4866 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4867 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4868 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4869 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4870 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4871 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4872 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4873 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4874 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4875 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4876 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4877 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4882 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4883 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4884 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4885 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4886 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4887 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4888 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4889 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4890 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4891 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4892 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4893 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4894 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4895 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4898 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4899 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4900 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4902 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4904 /* xgettext:c-format */
4905 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4906 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4907 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4908 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4915 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4916 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4917 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4919 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4920 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4921 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4922 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4923 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4924 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4926 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4928 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4929 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4930 these relocations is emitted. */
4940 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4941 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4942 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4943 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4947 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4948 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4949 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4950 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4955 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4956 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4958 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4960 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4961 we are going to need a stub. */
4964 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4965 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4966 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4967 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4971 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4973 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4978 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4982 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4986 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4987 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4988 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4992 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4998 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4999 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5000 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5002 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
5004 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5006 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
5007 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
5008 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
5012 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
5013 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
5015 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5018 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5019 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5021 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5025 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5026 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5027 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5028 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5031 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5032 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5033 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5034 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5037 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5038 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5039 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5040 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5041 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5043 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5046 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5047 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5049 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5050 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5051 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5052 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5056 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5058 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5060 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5061 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5064 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5065 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5069 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5070 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5071 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5072 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5074 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5075 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5076 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5078 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5079 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5081 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5082 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5083 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5085 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5086 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5087 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5088 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5089 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5090 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5093 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5094 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5095 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5096 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5097 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5098 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5099 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5100 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5101 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5103 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5104 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5105 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5106 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5107 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5108 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5109 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5114 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5115 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5118 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5125 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5126 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5127 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5128 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5129 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5130 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5131 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5132 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5133 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5135 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5136 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5137 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5138 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5139 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5140 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5141 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5143 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5144 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5146 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5147 function in a shared lib. */
5148 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5150 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5157 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5158 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5159 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5160 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5162 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5163 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5166 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5167 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5170 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5171 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5172 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5173 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5174 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5175 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5176 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5177 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5178 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5179 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5180 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5181 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5182 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5183 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5184 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5187 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5188 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5189 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5193 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5194 || !h
->def_regular
))
5196 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5197 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5198 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5199 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5200 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5203 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5204 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5208 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5209 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5215 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5216 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5219 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5220 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5222 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5224 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5226 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5236 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5241 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5242 We really need local syms available to do this
5244 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5245 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5246 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5249 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5251 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
5256 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5260 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5261 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5262 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5264 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5266 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5268 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5274 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5290 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5291 object file when linking. */
5294 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5296 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5297 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5299 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5302 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5305 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5308 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5309 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5311 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5314 /* xgettext:c-format */
5315 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5319 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5322 /* xgettext:c-format */
5323 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5324 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5329 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5332 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5333 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5337 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5339 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5340 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5342 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5346 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5347 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5349 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5350 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5351 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5358 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5359 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5360 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5363 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5365 asection
**code_sec
,
5367 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5369 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5370 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5371 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5374 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5375 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5376 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5378 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5380 if (contents
== NULL
)
5382 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5383 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5384 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5387 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5388 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5389 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5391 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5392 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5394 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5400 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5406 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5408 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5409 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5414 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5415 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5421 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5423 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5425 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5426 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5428 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5430 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5432 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5436 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5437 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5439 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5445 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5446 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5448 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5449 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5451 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5452 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5454 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5455 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5457 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5458 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5461 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5462 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5463 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5465 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5467 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5468 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5475 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5477 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5479 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5482 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5483 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5488 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5494 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5500 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5503 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5504 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5507 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5508 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5510 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5512 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5517 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5518 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5528 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5529 otherwise return zero. */
5531 static bfd_size_type
5532 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5537 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5538 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5542 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5543 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5545 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5547 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5548 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5551 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5552 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5554 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5555 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5556 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5557 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5563 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5564 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5566 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5567 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5568 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5569 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5570 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5571 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5572 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5573 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5574 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5575 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5576 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5577 disable caching for such functions. */
5583 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5585 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5592 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5593 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5594 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5597 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5600 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5601 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5602 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5603 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5604 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5605 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5608 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5611 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5613 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5614 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5615 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5616 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5619 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5620 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5622 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5623 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5625 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5627 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5628 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5629 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5635 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5636 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5638 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5639 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5642 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5644 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5645 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5646 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5652 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5653 value in the output file. */
5656 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5658 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5659 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5660 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5663 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5666 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5667 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5669 return (h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
)
5670 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc_fd
)
5671 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
)
5672 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc
));
5675 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5677 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5680 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5682 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5684 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5686 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5687 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5689 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5692 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5695 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5697 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5698 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5703 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5705 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5708 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5709 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5712 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5713 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5716 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5719 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5720 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5722 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5723 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5724 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5725 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5726 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5728 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5729 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5733 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5734 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5738 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5741 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5742 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5743 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5745 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5746 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5750 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5751 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5752 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5753 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5754 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5755 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5756 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5757 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5758 || info
->export_dynamic
5761 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5762 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5763 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5764 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5765 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5768 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5770 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5772 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5773 function code sym section to be marked. */
5774 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5777 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5778 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5780 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5781 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5782 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5783 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5784 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5790 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5794 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5795 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5796 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5798 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5802 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5803 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5805 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5810 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5811 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5813 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5816 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5817 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5821 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5823 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5824 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5825 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5826 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5829 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5830 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5831 against garbage collection. */
5833 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5834 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5838 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5839 function code sym section to be marked. */
5840 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5843 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5844 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5846 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5848 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5849 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5850 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5851 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5852 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5854 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5857 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5858 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5862 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5868 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5870 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5871 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5872 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5876 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5883 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5884 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5886 struct sfpr_def_parms
5888 const char name
[12];
5889 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5890 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5891 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5894 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5895 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5899 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5900 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5903 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5905 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5906 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5912 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5915 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5917 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5919 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5920 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5921 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5922 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5923 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5926 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5927 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5931 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5932 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5935 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5937 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5938 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5939 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5940 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5943 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5944 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5946 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5954 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5956 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5957 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5958 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5959 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5960 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5962 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5964 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5966 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5967 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5968 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5975 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5977 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5979 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5980 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5988 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5990 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5995 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5997 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5998 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6000 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6005 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6007 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6012 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6014 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6016 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6017 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6021 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6022 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6024 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6029 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6031 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6036 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6038 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6039 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6044 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6046 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6051 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6053 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6054 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6059 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6066 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6068 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6071 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6076 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6078 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6083 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6085 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6087 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6088 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6092 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6093 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6095 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6100 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6102 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6103 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6108 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6110 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6111 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6116 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6118 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6120 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6125 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6127 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6128 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6133 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6135 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6137 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6142 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6144 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6145 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6149 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6150 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6152 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6153 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6156 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6160 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6162 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6167 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6170 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6173 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6178 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6181 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6184 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6190 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6191 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6194 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6200 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6202 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6205 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6210 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6212 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6215 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6218 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6220 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6222 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6227 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6228 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6229 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6232 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6235 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6236 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6237 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6238 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6240 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6241 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6247 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6248 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6252 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6256 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6257 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6259 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6260 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6261 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6262 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6263 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6264 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6265 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6266 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6267 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6268 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6269 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6270 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6271 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6273 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6274 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6275 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6276 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6279 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6281 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6283 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6284 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6290 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6292 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6293 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6294 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6296 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6301 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6304 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6305 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6306 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6308 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6311 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6312 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6313 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6314 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6315 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6316 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6317 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6318 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6319 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6321 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6322 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6323 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6327 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6328 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6329 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6330 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6331 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6332 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6333 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6334 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6336 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6337 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6338 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6343 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6345 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6346 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6347 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6348 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6349 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6350 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6351 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6352 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6353 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6354 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6355 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6356 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6359 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6360 this hook to a) run the edit functions in this file, b) provide
6361 some gcc support functions, and c) transfer dynamic linking
6362 information gathered so far on function code symbol entries, to
6363 their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6366 ppc64_elf_edit (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6368 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6370 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6374 /* Call back into the linker, which then runs the edit functions. */
6375 htab
->params
->edit ();
6377 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6378 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6382 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6383 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6384 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6386 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6387 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6390 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6393 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6395 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6396 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6397 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6398 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6399 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6401 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6402 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6403 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6404 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6405 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6407 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6408 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6409 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6412 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6414 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6415 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6421 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6422 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6423 size_dynamic_sections. */
6426 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6428 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6431 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6433 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6435 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6440 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6443 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6445 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6447 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6448 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6453 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6454 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6457 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6459 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6461 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6465 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6466 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6467 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6473 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6474 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6475 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6476 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6480 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6483 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6486 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6490 /* Deal with function syms. */
6491 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6492 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6495 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6496 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6497 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6498 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6499 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6500 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6501 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6502 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6503 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6504 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6505 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6507 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6508 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6510 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6512 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6513 won't need a .plt entry. */
6514 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6515 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6516 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6519 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6521 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6522 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6523 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6525 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6527 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6529 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6531 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6532 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6533 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6534 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6535 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6536 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6537 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6538 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6540 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6542 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6543 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6544 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6546 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6548 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6549 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6550 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6551 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6554 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6557 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6558 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6560 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6561 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6562 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6563 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6568 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6570 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6571 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6572 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6573 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6575 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6576 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6577 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6578 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6579 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6580 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6581 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6585 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6586 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6587 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6588 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6589 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6592 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6593 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6594 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6597 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6598 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6600 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6601 || info
->nocopyreloc
6603 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6604 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6605 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6607 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6609 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6610 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6611 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6612 to an incorrect program. */
6613 || h
->protected_def
)
6616 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6617 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6619 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6620 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6621 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6622 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6623 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6624 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6625 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6628 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6629 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6630 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6631 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6632 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6633 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6634 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6635 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6636 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6639 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6640 is not a function. */
6642 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6643 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6644 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6645 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6646 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6647 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6648 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6649 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6650 same memory location for the variable. */
6651 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6653 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6654 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6658 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6659 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6661 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6663 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6664 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6665 and into the runtime process image. */
6666 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6670 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6671 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6672 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6675 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6676 sym and the descriptor. */
6678 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6679 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6680 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6682 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6683 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6685 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6688 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6689 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6691 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6696 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6699 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6700 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6701 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6702 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6703 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6704 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6705 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6706 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6708 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6711 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6715 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6716 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6717 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6718 reason the lookup should fail. */
6721 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6722 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6724 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6725 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6735 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6740 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6741 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6743 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6744 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6745 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6748 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6750 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6752 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6753 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6755 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6756 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6764 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6766 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6767 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6768 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6769 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6773 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6774 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6778 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6781 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6783 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6784 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6785 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6786 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6787 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6788 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6790 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6792 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6800 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6801 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6803 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6805 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6806 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6809 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6810 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6812 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6813 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6814 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6815 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6816 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6818 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6824 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6825 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6826 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6829 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6830 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6831 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6832 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6833 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6836 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6838 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6839 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6843 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6844 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6847 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6848 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6849 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6851 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6852 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6855 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6858 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6859 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6862 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6863 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6864 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6865 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6866 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6867 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6868 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6869 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6870 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6871 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6873 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6874 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6879 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6881 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6882 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6883 enum insert_option insert
,
6884 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6885 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6888 unsigned long r_indx
;
6889 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6890 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6891 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6893 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6895 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6896 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6898 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6901 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6906 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6908 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6909 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6911 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6912 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6913 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6919 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6928 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6929 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6932 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6934 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6936 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6938 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6941 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6942 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6945 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6946 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6949 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6950 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6951 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6953 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6956 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6957 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6960 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6961 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6963 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6967 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6968 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6971 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6972 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6977 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6978 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6979 have already been determined. */
6982 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6984 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6985 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6987 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6989 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6990 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6992 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6993 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6994 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
7001 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
7002 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
7003 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
7004 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
7005 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
7010 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
7011 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
7012 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
7013 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
7014 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
7015 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
7016 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
7017 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
7018 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
7019 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
7020 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
7021 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7022 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7023 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7024 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7025 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7026 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7030 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7031 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7032 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7033 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7035 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7036 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7037 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7038 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7039 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7040 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7041 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7042 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7043 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7044 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7045 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7046 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7047 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7048 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7049 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7052 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7053 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7054 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7055 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7056 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7057 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7058 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7063 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7065 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7066 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7068 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7069 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7074 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7075 || !h
->def_regular
))
7077 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7078 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7079 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7080 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7081 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7083 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7084 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7091 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7092 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7093 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7095 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7096 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7097 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7098 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7099 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7102 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7106 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7118 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7119 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7121 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7123 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7124 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7125 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7128 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7129 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7131 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7134 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7135 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7137 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7148 /* xgettext:c-format */
7149 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7151 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7155 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7156 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7157 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7158 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7162 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7165 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7166 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7167 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7169 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7173 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7176 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7177 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7178 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7179 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7180 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7181 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7183 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7186 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7187 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7190 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7193 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7196 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7197 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7201 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7203 /* Read the relocations. */
7204 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7206 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7209 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7210 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7214 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7215 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7217 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7218 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7220 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7221 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7224 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7225 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7227 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7228 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7229 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7231 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7232 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7233 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7234 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7235 optimization for them! */
7238 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7243 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7244 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7247 /* xgettext:c-format */
7248 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7254 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7255 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7259 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7261 const char *sym_name
;
7263 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7265 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7269 /* xgettext:c-format */
7270 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7276 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7277 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7278 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7279 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7280 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7281 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7282 which we test for via the output_section. */
7283 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7284 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7288 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7289 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7290 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7295 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7300 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7307 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7308 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7309 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7311 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7313 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7320 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7322 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7324 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7326 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7327 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7330 new_contents
= NULL
;
7331 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7332 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7333 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7334 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7337 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7338 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7339 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7340 the third word of .opd entries. */
7341 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7344 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7348 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7350 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7354 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7355 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7358 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7360 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7363 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7364 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7368 wptr
= new_contents
;
7369 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7370 write_rel
= relstart
;
7371 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7373 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7376 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7382 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7383 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7388 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7389 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7390 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7393 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7394 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7397 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7399 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7402 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7406 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7408 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7411 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7412 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7413 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7418 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7419 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7422 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7424 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7426 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7427 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7429 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7431 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7436 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7440 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7443 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7444 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7451 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7456 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7457 this location in the opd section. It is
7458 necessary to update the value here rather
7459 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7460 for local symbols, because various places
7461 in the generic ELF code use the value
7462 stored in u.def.value. */
7463 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7464 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7467 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7468 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7469 we'd need to look through the local syms
7470 for the function descriptor sym which we
7471 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7472 array of adjustments. */
7473 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7474 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7477 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7478 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7479 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7481 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7485 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7487 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7489 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7490 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7491 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7496 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7499 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7500 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7503 free (sec
->contents
);
7504 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7507 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7508 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7509 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7510 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7513 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7516 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7517 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7519 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7522 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7527 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7529 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7530 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7531 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7535 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7537 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7539 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7543 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7544 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7547 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7548 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7552 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7556 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7559 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7560 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7566 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7567 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7570 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7572 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7575 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7577 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7581 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7582 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7583 between the call and its destination. */
7584 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7586 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7592 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7599 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7600 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7602 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7604 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7605 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7608 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7609 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7611 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7613 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7617 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7618 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7619 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7620 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7621 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7622 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7623 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7624 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7625 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7626 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7627 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7628 together except their symbol. */
7630 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7633 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7635 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7639 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7641 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7642 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7643 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7645 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7647 /* Read the relocations. */
7648 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7650 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7653 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7654 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7656 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7657 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7660 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7661 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7663 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7664 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7665 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7668 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7669 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7672 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7674 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7679 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7683 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7686 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7687 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7688 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7689 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7690 + sec
->output_offset
7691 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7692 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7693 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7694 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7695 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7696 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7697 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7700 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7704 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7705 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7707 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7710 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7717 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and various other info specific to TLS.
7718 This needs to run before dynamic symbols are processed in
7719 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. */
7722 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7724 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7727 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7731 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7734 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7735 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7736 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7737 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7739 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7740 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7741 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7742 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7743 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7744 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7745 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7746 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7747 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7748 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7749 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7750 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7751 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7752 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7753 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7754 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7755 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
&& htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
7757 /* The issue is that __glink_PLTresolve saves r2, which is done
7758 because glibc ld.so _dl_runtime_resolve restores r2 to support
7759 a glibc plt call optimisation where global entry code is
7760 skipped on calls that resolve to the same binary. The
7761 __glink_PLTresolve save of r2 is incompatible with code
7762 making tail calls, because the tail call might go via the
7763 resolver and thus overwrite the proper saved r2. */
7764 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --plt-localentry is incompatible with "
7765 "power10 pc-relative code"));
7766 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7768 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7769 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7770 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7772 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7773 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7775 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7776 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7777 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7779 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7781 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7782 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7783 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7784 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7786 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7787 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7788 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7790 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7791 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7792 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7793 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7795 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7799 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7800 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7802 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7803 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7804 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7806 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7807 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7809 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7810 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7811 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7812 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7813 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7815 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7816 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7817 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7818 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7820 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7822 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7823 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7824 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7825 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7828 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7830 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7833 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7834 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7836 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7837 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7838 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7844 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7845 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7846 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7847 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7849 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7851 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7852 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7853 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7854 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7857 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7859 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7860 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7861 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7862 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7863 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7868 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7869 tga
= elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
);
7870 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7872 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7873 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7874 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7875 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7877 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7879 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7881 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7882 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7883 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7885 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7886 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7889 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7891 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7892 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7894 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7895 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7896 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7897 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7899 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7900 desc
->forced_local
);
7901 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7903 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7904 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7905 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7907 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7908 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7914 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7915 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7918 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7919 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7920 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7921 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7926 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7927 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7930 branch_reloc_hash_match (bfd
*ibfd
,
7931 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7932 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7933 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7934 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7935 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7937 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7938 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7939 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7941 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7944 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7946 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7947 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7948 if (h
== elf_hash_entry (hash1
)
7949 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash2
)
7950 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash3
)
7951 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash4
))
7957 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7958 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7959 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7960 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7961 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7962 dynamic relocations. */
7965 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7969 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7970 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7973 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7976 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7980 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
7982 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7983 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7984 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7985 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7986 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7987 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7988 and plt refcounts. */
7990 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7991 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7993 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7994 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7996 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7997 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7999 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8000 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8002 /* Read the relocations. */
8003 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8005 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8011 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8012 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8014 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8015 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8017 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8019 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
8020 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
8022 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
8023 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
8024 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
8025 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8027 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8028 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
8032 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8035 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
8036 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8043 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8044 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8045 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8046 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8050 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8055 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8056 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8057 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8060 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8064 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8066 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8067 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8069 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8070 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8071 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8072 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8073 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8074 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8075 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8076 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8078 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8082 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8083 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8084 without marker relocs, then check that each
8085 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8086 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8087 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8088 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8090 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8092 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8093 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8094 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8096 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8097 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8098 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8103 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8109 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8110 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8113 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8114 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8115 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8116 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8117 that turns out to be the case. */
8124 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8127 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8128 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8129 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8130 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8131 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8134 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8135 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8141 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8143 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8146 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8147 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8148 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8149 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8150 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8155 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8156 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8166 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8167 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8170 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8172 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8173 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8175 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8176 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8181 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8183 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8186 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8190 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8191 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8196 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8201 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8202 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8205 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8206 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8207 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8208 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8209 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8211 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8212 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8216 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8218 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8219 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8222 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8223 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8224 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8225 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8226 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8227 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8229 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8233 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8238 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8241 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8245 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8250 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8251 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8256 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8260 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8262 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8264 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8265 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8269 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8272 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8281 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8286 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8289 unsigned char buf
[4];
8291 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8292 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8295 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8296 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8297 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8298 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8300 /* xgettext:c-format */
8301 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8302 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8303 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8304 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8309 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8310 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8311 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8312 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8313 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8314 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8315 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8316 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8317 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8318 able to verify easily. */
8319 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8328 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8329 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8332 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8333 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8334 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8339 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8341 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8342 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8345 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8350 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8352 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8353 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8354 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8356 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8362 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8363 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8364 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8365 the entire optimization. */
8366 /* xgettext:c-format */
8367 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8368 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8369 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8374 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8375 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8376 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8377 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8378 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8379 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8380 Disable optimization in this case. */
8381 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8382 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8383 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8384 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8385 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8388 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8390 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8392 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8393 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8396 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8399 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8400 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8403 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8406 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8407 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8410 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8413 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8414 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8417 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8421 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8422 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8428 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8430 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8432 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8436 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8438 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8439 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8440 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8441 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8448 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8449 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8450 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8455 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8456 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8457 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8461 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8463 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8469 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8470 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8473 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8478 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8480 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8483 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8491 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8492 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8493 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8494 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8495 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8497 struct adjust_toc_info
8500 unsigned long *skip
;
8501 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8504 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8507 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8509 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8510 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8513 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8514 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8517 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8518 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8521 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8523 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8524 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8526 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8528 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8531 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8534 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8535 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8538 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8539 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8541 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8542 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8547 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8548 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8551 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8553 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8554 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8555 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8556 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8557 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8558 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8559 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8560 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8561 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8562 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8563 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8564 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8565 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8566 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8567 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8568 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8569 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8570 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8571 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8572 will need testing too. */
8573 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8574 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8576 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8577 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8578 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8579 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8580 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8581 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8584 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8585 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8586 load/store rt,off(ra)
8589 load/store rt,off(ra)
8590 may be translated to
8591 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8593 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8594 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8596 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8597 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8598 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8601 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8603 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8604 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8607 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8609 /* Check that regs match. */
8610 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8613 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8614 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8617 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8619 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8620 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8626 /* Check that regs match. */
8627 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8630 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8646 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8648 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8649 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8650 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8653 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8654 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8656 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8657 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8658 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8659 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8662 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8663 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8665 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8666 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8667 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8668 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8671 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8672 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8674 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8676 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8677 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8678 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8679 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8683 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8684 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8685 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8686 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8691 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8692 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8693 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8696 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8697 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8699 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8700 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8701 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8702 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8705 case 62: /* std, stq */
8706 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8708 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8709 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8710 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8711 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8716 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8717 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8721 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8722 unused .toc entries. */
8725 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8728 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8729 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8731 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8732 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8733 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8735 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8737 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8738 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8739 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8740 unsigned char *used
;
8741 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8743 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8746 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8749 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8750 || discarded_section (toc
))
8755 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8757 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8760 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8762 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8763 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8764 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8765 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8766 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8769 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8770 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8773 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8775 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8777 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8778 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8780 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8781 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8784 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8799 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8800 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8808 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8810 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8811 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8813 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8816 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8817 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8823 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8828 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8831 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8835 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8836 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8837 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8839 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8840 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8841 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8842 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8844 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8845 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8846 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8848 /* Read toc relocs. */
8849 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8851 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8854 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8856 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8857 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8859 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8860 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8863 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8864 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8867 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8868 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8873 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8874 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8877 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8882 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8884 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8888 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8890 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8892 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8893 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8895 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8896 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8897 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8898 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8899 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8900 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8903 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8904 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8909 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8914 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8915 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8922 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8926 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8929 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8931 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8937 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8938 Check the toc itself last. */
8939 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8942 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8943 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8944 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8949 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8950 || discarded_section (sec
)
8951 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8952 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8953 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8956 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8958 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8964 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8968 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8970 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8971 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8977 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8981 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8984 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8985 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8986 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8987 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8994 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8995 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9006 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9008 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9009 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9011 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
9014 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9021 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9024 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9025 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
9026 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
9027 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
9033 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
9038 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9039 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9046 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9047 entry itself isn't unused. */
9048 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9049 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9052 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9061 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9065 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9066 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9067 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9068 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9069 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9074 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9075 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9079 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9082 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9092 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9095 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9097 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9098 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9099 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9102 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9104 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9105 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9108 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9113 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9117 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9118 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9120 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9121 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9122 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9124 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9125 || discarded_section (sec
))
9128 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9130 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9133 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9135 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9136 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9138 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9141 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9148 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9149 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9150 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9151 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9152 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9153 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9157 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9158 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9166 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9169 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9171 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9174 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9176 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9178 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9180 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9182 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9183 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9184 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9188 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9189 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9192 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9193 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9197 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9199 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9200 /* xgettext:c-format */
9201 (_("%H: %s references "
9202 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9203 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9204 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9208 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9209 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9213 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9216 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9217 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9220 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9224 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9225 but handle them anyway. */
9226 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9227 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9228 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9230 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9231 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9235 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9236 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9238 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9240 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9244 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9245 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9248 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9249 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9252 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9253 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9256 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9257 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9260 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9261 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9262 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9266 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9268 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9269 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9272 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9273 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9274 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9276 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9280 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9281 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9282 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9284 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9285 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9286 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9289 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9290 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9293 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9294 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9295 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9296 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9297 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9300 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9303 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9304 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9306 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9309 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9314 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9315 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9316 number of GOT entries. */
9317 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9321 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9322 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9325 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9328 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9331 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9334 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9337 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9339 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9341 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9342 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9343 || discarded_section (sec
))
9346 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9348 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9351 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9354 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9359 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9361 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9362 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9365 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9366 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9368 unsigned char buf
[8];
9370 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9372 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9376 insn_check
= no_check
;
9379 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9380 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9381 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9382 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9383 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9384 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9385 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9386 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9389 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9390 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9391 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9392 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9393 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9394 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9395 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9396 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9397 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9398 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9399 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9403 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9405 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9407 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9410 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9411 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9412 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9413 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9414 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9418 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9419 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9420 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9421 /* xgettext:c-format */
9422 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9423 " %s instruction\n"),
9424 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9431 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9432 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9433 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9434 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9435 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9436 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9440 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9441 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9442 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9446 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9447 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9452 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9453 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9456 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9459 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9463 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9465 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9466 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9467 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9469 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9470 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9471 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9478 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9479 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9480 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9483 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9484 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9486 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9487 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9488 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9492 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9493 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9494 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9496 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9497 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9499 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9500 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9504 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9506 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9507 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9508 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9510 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9511 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9513 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9514 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9516 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9517 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9527 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9528 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9530 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9531 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9532 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9533 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9535 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9536 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9539 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9543 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9544 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9546 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9549 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9556 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9557 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9560 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9562 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9563 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9566 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9569 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9570 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9571 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9573 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9574 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9575 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9577 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9578 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9579 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9581 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9582 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9584 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9586 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9587 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9589 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9590 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9591 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9592 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9593 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9595 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9596 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9598 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9599 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9603 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9606 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9608 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9610 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9611 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9612 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9613 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9614 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9615 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9616 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9618 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9619 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9623 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9626 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9627 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9629 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9631 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9632 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9633 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9634 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9637 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9638 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9642 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
9643 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
9646 bfd_boolean
use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9647 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9651 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
9654 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9658 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9660 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9661 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9663 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9664 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9666 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9669 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9670 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9674 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9675 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9677 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9678 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9679 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9680 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9682 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9683 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9684 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9685 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9686 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9687 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9688 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9689 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9691 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9695 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9696 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9697 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9700 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9701 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9703 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9704 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9705 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9707 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9708 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9710 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9711 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9714 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9717 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9719 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9720 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9722 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9723 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9725 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9727 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9730 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9733 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9736 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9737 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9738 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9739 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9740 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9742 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9743 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9744 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9745 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9747 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9748 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9749 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9750 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9752 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9754 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9756 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9757 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9758 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9759 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9760 visibility changes. */
9761 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9763 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9764 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9765 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9766 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9767 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9768 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9769 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9770 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9772 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9774 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9783 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9785 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9786 should be made dynamic. */
9787 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9792 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9793 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9794 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9796 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9798 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9800 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9801 should be made dynamic. */
9802 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9805 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9806 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9807 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9810 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9813 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9814 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9816 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9817 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9818 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9819 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9823 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9826 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9827 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9828 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9829 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9830 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9833 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9834 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9835 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9836 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9838 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9839 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9840 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9841 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9843 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
9845 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9848 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9849 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9850 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9855 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9856 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9857 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9862 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9866 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9868 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9870 /* Make room for this entry. */
9871 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9873 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9876 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9879 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9880 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9887 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9888 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9891 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9895 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9898 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9904 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9911 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9912 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9913 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9915 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9916 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9918 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9919 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9920 after the branch table. */
9923 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9925 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9926 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9927 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9930 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9933 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9940 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9944 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9945 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9946 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9947 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9948 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9950 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9951 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9952 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9953 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9954 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9955 unsigned int align_power
;
9959 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9960 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9962 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9963 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9964 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9965 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9966 entry stubs are needed. */
9967 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9968 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9969 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9970 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9971 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9972 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9973 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9974 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9975 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9976 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9977 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9978 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9979 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9981 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9983 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9984 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9985 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9986 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9992 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9995 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9996 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9998 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10001 bfd_boolean relocs
;
10003 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
10005 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10009 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
10010 if (dynobj
== NULL
)
10013 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10015 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
10016 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
10018 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
10021 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10022 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10026 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
10028 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10030 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
10031 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
10032 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
10033 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
10034 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
10035 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
10036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10038 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10041 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10043 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
10045 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10047 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
10048 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10050 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10051 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10052 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10055 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10057 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10059 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10060 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10061 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10062 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10067 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10071 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10072 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10073 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10074 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10075 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10076 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10077 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10078 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10080 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10083 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10084 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10086 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10088 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10093 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10094 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10096 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10097 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10102 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10103 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10105 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10106 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10108 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10109 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10110 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10112 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10113 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10122 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10123 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10124 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10126 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10128 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10129 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10131 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10133 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10134 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10135 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10136 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10138 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10139 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10140 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10143 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10144 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10145 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10146 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10147 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10151 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10155 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10156 sym dynamic relocs. */
10157 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10159 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10160 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10162 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10163 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10165 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10167 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10170 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10171 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10173 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10175 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10176 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10180 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10182 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10183 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10186 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10188 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10189 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10194 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10197 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10198 Allocate memory for them. */
10200 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10202 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10205 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10206 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10208 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10209 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10210 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10211 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10212 || s
== htab
->glink
10213 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10214 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10215 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10217 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10220 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10222 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10223 /* Not sized yet. */
10226 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10230 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10233 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10234 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10235 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10240 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10246 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10247 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10248 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10249 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10250 before the linker maps input sections to output
10251 sections. The linker does that before
10252 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10253 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10254 into these sections. */
10255 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10259 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10260 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10263 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10266 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10267 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10268 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10269 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10270 sections instead of garbage.
10271 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10272 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10273 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10274 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10278 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10280 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10283 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10284 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10287 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10290 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10291 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10295 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10299 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10302 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10303 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10306 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10311 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10313 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10315 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10316 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10317 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10318 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10319 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10320 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10321 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10323 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10325 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10329 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10331 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10332 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10333 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10334 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10335 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10339 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10341 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10342 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10346 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10347 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10348 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10349 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10350 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10351 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10353 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10359 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10360 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10361 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10364 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10365 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10366 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10367 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10368 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10370 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10372 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10377 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10382 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10385 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10387 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10389 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10392 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10395 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10397 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10398 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10399 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10400 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10401 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10402 bfd_vma destination
,
10403 unsigned long local_off
)
10405 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10407 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10408 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10409 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10413 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10414 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10416 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10418 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10422 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10423 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10424 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10427 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10430 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10431 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10432 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10433 any other type of stub. */
10434 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10435 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10436 return ppc_stub_none
;
10438 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10440 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10441 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10442 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10443 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10445 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10447 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10449 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10450 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10451 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10454 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10459 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10460 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10461 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10464 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10465 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10467 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10468 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10469 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10470 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10471 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10472 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10474 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10475 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10476 is needed later. */
10477 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10479 return ppc_stub_none
;
10482 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10483 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10488 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10489 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10490 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10491 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10492 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10493 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10496 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10498 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10500 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10502 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10504 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10506 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10509 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10511 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10514 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10516 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10519 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10521 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10526 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10528 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10533 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10535 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10537 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10541 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10543 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10546 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10548 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10551 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10553 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10557 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10559 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10565 static unsigned int
10566 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10569 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10571 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10575 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10580 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10583 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10585 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10587 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10594 static unsigned int
10595 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10597 unsigned int num_rel
;
10598 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10600 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10605 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10606 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10608 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10610 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10616 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10617 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10618 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10620 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10621 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10623 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10624 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10625 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10626 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10627 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10629 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10632 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10633 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10634 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10638 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10639 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10642 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10643 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10647 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10648 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10649 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10652 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10654 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10658 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10659 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10660 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10662 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10666 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10667 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10668 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10675 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10679 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10684 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10690 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10694 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10696 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10697 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10698 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10699 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10700 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10703 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10707 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10710 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10711 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10713 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10717 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10721 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10723 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10728 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10730 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10734 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10737 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10738 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10740 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10748 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10750 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10756 static unsigned int
10757 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10759 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10761 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10767 static unsigned int
10768 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10770 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10772 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10778 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10779 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10780 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10781 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10783 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10785 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10787 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10788 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10789 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10790 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10796 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10797 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10798 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10799 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10802 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10803 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10804 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10808 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10809 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10810 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10814 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10817 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10821 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10822 else if (delta
< 256)
10824 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10827 else if (delta
< 65536)
10829 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10830 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10835 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10836 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10842 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10844 static unsigned int
10845 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10847 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10848 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10850 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10851 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10853 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10854 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10856 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10860 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10861 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10862 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10863 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10864 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10865 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10866 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10868 . fake dep barrier compare
10869 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10870 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10871 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10872 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10873 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10874 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10876 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10877 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10879 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10880 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10882 static inline unsigned int
10883 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10884 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10890 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10892 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10893 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
10895 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10896 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10902 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10903 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10905 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10910 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10912 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10913 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10914 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10915 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10917 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10922 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10923 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10924 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10926 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10929 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
10930 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
10936 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
10937 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
10944 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10945 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10947 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10948 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10950 static inline unsigned int
10951 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10952 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10957 unsigned stub_size
;
10958 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10960 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10962 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10963 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10964 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10968 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10969 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
, odd
);
10970 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10971 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10972 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10976 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10978 static inline bfd_byte
*
10979 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10980 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10981 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10983 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10984 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10985 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10986 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10987 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10988 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10989 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10990 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10991 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10993 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10996 && !(stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10997 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10998 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
11000 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11001 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
11002 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
11003 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
11006 if (pltindex
> 32768)
11007 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
11009 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
11010 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
11011 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
11012 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11013 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11014 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11015 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
11016 != PPC_HA (offset
))
11017 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
11019 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11020 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11021 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
11022 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
11025 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11029 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11030 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11031 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11032 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11033 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11034 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11035 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11038 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11040 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11041 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
11042 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11046 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11047 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11048 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11049 if (plt_static_chain
)
11051 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11052 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11053 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11058 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11059 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11060 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11063 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11064 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11068 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11069 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11072 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11074 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11077 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11082 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11083 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11085 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11086 if (plt_static_chain
)
11087 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11094 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11095 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11096 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11097 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11100 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11102 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11103 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11104 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11108 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11109 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11110 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11111 if (plt_static_chain
)
11113 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11114 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11115 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11120 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11121 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11122 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11123 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11125 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11127 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11130 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11135 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11136 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11138 if (plt_static_chain
)
11139 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11140 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11143 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11145 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11146 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11147 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11150 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11154 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11156 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11157 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11158 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11159 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11160 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11162 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11163 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11166 build_tls_get_addr_head (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11167 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11170 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11172 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11173 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11174 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11175 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11176 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11177 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11178 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11180 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11181 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11182 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11183 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11185 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11187 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11194 build_tls_get_addr_tail (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11195 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11199 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11201 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11203 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11205 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11206 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11208 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11211 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11213 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11214 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11216 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11218 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11220 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11222 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11224 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11228 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11229 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11231 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11233 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11234 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11236 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11238 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
, i
;
11240 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11241 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11242 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11243 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11244 specified by that point.
11245 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11246 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11247 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11248 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11250 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11251 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11252 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11253 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11254 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11255 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11263 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11265 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11266 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11268 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11269 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11271 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11272 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11273 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11275 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11276 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11277 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11278 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11280 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11282 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11283 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11285 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11287 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11288 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11289 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11290 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11291 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11293 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11294 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11295 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11297 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11303 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11304 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11306 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11307 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11309 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11310 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11311 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11313 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11314 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11315 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11316 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11318 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11319 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11320 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11321 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11323 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11324 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11325 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11326 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11328 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11329 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11333 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11334 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11338 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11339 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11340 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11343 unsigned long symndx
;
11344 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11347 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11348 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11349 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11350 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11352 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11354 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11355 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11356 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11358 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11359 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11360 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11362 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11363 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11365 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11367 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11368 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11369 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11370 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11371 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11372 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11373 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11375 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11376 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11378 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11379 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11384 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11391 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11392 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11394 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11395 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11399 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11402 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11404 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11405 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11407 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11408 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11410 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11411 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11412 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11413 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11414 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11416 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11417 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11418 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11419 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11421 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11426 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11428 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11429 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11430 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11434 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11440 bfd_boolean is_tga
;
11442 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11443 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11446 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11447 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11448 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11449 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11450 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11451 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11452 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11453 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11455 /* Same for the group. */
11456 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11457 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11458 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11459 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11460 "output section. Retry without "
11461 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11462 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11463 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11465 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11469 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11470 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11472 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11473 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11475 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11476 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11477 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11478 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11479 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11480 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11481 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11483 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11484 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11485 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11486 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11490 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11491 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11493 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11495 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11497 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11500 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11502 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11504 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11507 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11509 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11514 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11517 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11520 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11521 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11522 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11526 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11528 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11531 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11532 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11533 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11534 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11535 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11540 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11541 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11542 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11543 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11545 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11547 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11548 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11549 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11553 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11554 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11555 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11556 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11557 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11559 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11560 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11562 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11564 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11566 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11568 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11569 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11572 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11573 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11574 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11575 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11576 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11578 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11579 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11580 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11581 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11583 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11585 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11588 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11589 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11590 translated from input file to output file form, so
11591 set up the offset per the output file. */
11592 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11593 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11594 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11595 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11596 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11600 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11601 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11602 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11604 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11605 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11608 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11610 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11611 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11612 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11613 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11614 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11618 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11620 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11623 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11624 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11625 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11626 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11627 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11628 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11629 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11630 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11632 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11633 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11634 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11635 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11640 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11641 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11643 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11645 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11647 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11650 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11654 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11656 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11658 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11662 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11664 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11666 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11668 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11671 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11673 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11676 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11678 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11681 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11685 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11687 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11691 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11692 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11693 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11694 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11695 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11696 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11698 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11699 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11700 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11701 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11702 is_tga
= ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
11703 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11704 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11705 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11706 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11709 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11712 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11713 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11714 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11717 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11720 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11722 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11723 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11726 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11727 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11729 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11730 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11732 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11734 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11737 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11738 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11739 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11745 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11747 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11748 p
= build_power10_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11752 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11753 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11755 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11756 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11758 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11759 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11760 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11761 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) + 8;
11762 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11763 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11764 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11765 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11768 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11769 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11771 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11774 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11775 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11776 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11777 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11778 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11780 p
= build_offset (obfd
, p
, off
,
11781 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11784 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11788 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11789 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11790 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11792 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11796 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11798 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11803 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
11805 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11807 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11808 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11809 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11812 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11815 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11818 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11819 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11821 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11822 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11823 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11826 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11827 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11828 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11829 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11830 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11831 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11837 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11838 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11839 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11840 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11841 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11843 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11845 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11846 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11847 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11848 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11849 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11850 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11853 /* Now build the stub. */
11854 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11855 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11858 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11859 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11861 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11862 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11864 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11866 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11868 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11869 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11872 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11874 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11875 /* xgettext:c-format */
11876 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11877 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11878 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11881 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11886 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11888 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11889 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11891 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11892 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11896 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11897 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11898 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11899 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11902 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11903 is_tga
= (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11904 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11905 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11908 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11910 r
[0].r_offset
+= p
- loc
;
11912 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, off
, r
);
11914 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
11917 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11925 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11927 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11932 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11945 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11946 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11947 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11950 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11951 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11952 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11953 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11956 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11958 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11959 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11960 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11961 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11962 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11963 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11964 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11966 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11973 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11974 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11975 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11978 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11980 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11981 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11982 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11984 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11985 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11987 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11988 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11991 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11995 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11996 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11997 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11998 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11999 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12000 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
12001 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12002 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12004 /* Same for the group. */
12005 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
12006 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
12007 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12008 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
12009 "output section. Retry without "
12010 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12011 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12012 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12014 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
12015 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12017 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12018 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
12019 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12020 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
12022 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
12023 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
12024 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
12025 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
12029 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
12031 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
12032 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
12033 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
12034 can reach with a shorter stub. */
12035 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12036 /* Fall through. */
12037 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
12038 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
12039 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12040 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12041 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12042 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
12043 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12044 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12045 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12049 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
12051 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
12052 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12054 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
12058 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12060 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12066 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12067 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12068 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
12070 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12071 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12073 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12075 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12076 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12078 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12080 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12081 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12082 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
12086 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12088 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12089 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12090 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12092 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
12093 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12094 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12096 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12097 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12101 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12102 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12103 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12104 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12105 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12108 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12110 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12111 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12112 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12115 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12116 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12119 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12125 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12128 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12130 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12134 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12136 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12137 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12141 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12142 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12143 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12144 /* Fall through. */
12145 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12146 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12147 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12148 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12149 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12151 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12154 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12155 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12156 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12160 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12162 unsigned int num_rel
;
12163 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12164 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12166 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12167 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12168 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12171 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12172 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12174 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12175 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12177 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12178 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12182 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12184 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12185 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12186 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12187 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12189 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12190 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12191 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12192 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12193 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12194 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12197 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12198 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12200 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12201 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12204 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12205 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12208 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12209 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12211 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12212 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12213 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12216 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12218 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12221 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12223 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12224 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12227 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12228 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12230 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12231 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12233 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12235 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12236 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12237 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12238 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12243 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12245 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12247 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12248 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12253 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12255 unsigned int num_rel
;
12256 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12257 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12259 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12260 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12261 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12264 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12266 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12268 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12269 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12270 lr_used
+= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12271 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12272 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12273 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12274 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12275 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12276 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12278 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
12279 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12280 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12281 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12282 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12284 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12286 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12287 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12288 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12289 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12290 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
12291 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12293 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12295 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12296 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12297 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12298 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
12299 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12304 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12305 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12306 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12307 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12309 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12310 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12312 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12313 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12315 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12317 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12319 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12320 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12323 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12325 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12327 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12328 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12331 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12333 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12334 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12336 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12337 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12339 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12342 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12344 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12345 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12346 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12347 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12349 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12351 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12352 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12353 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12354 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12355 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12359 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12360 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12361 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12362 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12363 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12364 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12366 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12375 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12379 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12380 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12381 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12384 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12388 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12393 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12394 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12395 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12396 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12399 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12400 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12401 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12406 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12409 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12411 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12413 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12414 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12415 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12418 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12419 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12420 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12423 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12425 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12426 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12431 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12433 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12434 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12438 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12439 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12442 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12443 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12444 limit
= 0x80008000;
12445 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12447 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12449 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12450 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12451 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12452 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12455 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12456 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12457 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12458 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12459 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12460 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12461 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12463 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12464 file .toc and .got together. */
12466 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12467 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12470 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12474 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12475 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12476 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12477 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12479 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12481 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12482 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12484 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12485 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12487 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12488 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12489 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12490 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12495 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12499 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12501 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12504 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12509 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12513 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12515 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12517 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12520 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12521 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12522 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12526 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12527 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12531 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12533 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12534 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12535 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12537 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12539 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12542 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12543 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12545 /* And tlsld_got. */
12546 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12548 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12550 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12553 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12554 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12555 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12557 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12559 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12562 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12563 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12564 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12565 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12567 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12568 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12574 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12575 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12576 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12577 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12579 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12581 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12583 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12586 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12589 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12591 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12592 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12597 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12598 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12599 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12601 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12602 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12603 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12604 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12605 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12606 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12610 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12613 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12617 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12618 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12619 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12620 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12621 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12622 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12623 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12624 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12626 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12628 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12630 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12631 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12633 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12634 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12639 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12640 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12642 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12643 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12645 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12646 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12647 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12649 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12650 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12656 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12658 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12660 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12662 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12665 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12666 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12667 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12669 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12670 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12672 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12674 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12675 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12680 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12681 if (!done_something
)
12682 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12686 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12689 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12692 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12693 if (done_something
)
12698 if (done_something
)
12699 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12701 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12702 on input sections. */
12703 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12704 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12705 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12706 return done_something
;
12709 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12712 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12714 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12716 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12717 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12718 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12721 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12722 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12723 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12724 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12725 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12726 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12727 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12730 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12734 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12735 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12737 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12738 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12741 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12744 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12748 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12750 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12751 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12752 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12754 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12755 info
->keep_memory
);
12756 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12759 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12761 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12765 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12767 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12768 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12769 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12770 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12771 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12773 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12777 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12778 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12779 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12780 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12781 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12782 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12783 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12784 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12787 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12788 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12795 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12797 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12799 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12801 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12807 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12808 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12811 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12812 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12813 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12820 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12823 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12824 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12826 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12828 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12830 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12831 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12834 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12838 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12840 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12842 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12845 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12846 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12847 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12852 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12853 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12855 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12856 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12859 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12860 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12861 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12867 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12868 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12869 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12870 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12871 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12872 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12880 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12881 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12882 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12883 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12886 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12887 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12888 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12892 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12893 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12895 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12896 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12897 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12908 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12909 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12911 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12916 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12917 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12918 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12920 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12921 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12923 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12926 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12927 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12928 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12935 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12940 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12941 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12942 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12943 we may insert linker stubs. */
12946 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12948 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12953 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12954 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12956 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12957 which is what we want. */
12958 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12959 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12960 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12963 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12965 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12966 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12967 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12968 hit an exception. */
12969 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12970 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12971 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12972 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12974 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12977 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12978 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12979 check_pasted_section(). */
12980 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12981 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12984 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12988 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12989 have toc relocs. */
12992 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12994 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12998 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12999 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
13002 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13003 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
13006 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13007 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
13012 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13013 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13015 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13019 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
13021 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13022 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
13028 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13030 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
13031 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
13034 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
13035 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
13036 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
13037 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
13038 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
13039 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
13042 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13043 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
13044 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
13046 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13048 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
13050 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13054 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
13055 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
13057 /* Default values. */
13058 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
13059 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
13061 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
13062 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
13065 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
13069 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13072 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
13073 while (tail
!= NULL
)
13077 bfd_size_type total
;
13078 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
13080 struct map_stub
*group
;
13081 bfd_size_type group_size
;
13084 total
= tail
->size
;
13085 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
13086 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
13087 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
13089 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
13090 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
13091 /* xgettext:c-format */
13092 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
13093 tail
->owner
, tail
);
13094 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
13096 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13097 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13098 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13099 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13100 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13101 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13104 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13105 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13106 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13107 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13108 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13109 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13110 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13111 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13112 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13113 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13114 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13117 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13118 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13119 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13120 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13121 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13122 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13123 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13124 htab
->group
= group
;
13127 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13128 /* Set up this stub group. */
13129 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13131 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13133 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13134 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13135 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13136 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13137 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13138 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13141 while (prev
!= NULL
13142 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13143 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13144 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13145 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13147 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13150 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13151 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13160 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13162 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13163 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13164 1, /* CIE version. */
13165 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13166 4, /* Code alignment. */
13167 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13169 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13170 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13171 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13174 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13175 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13176 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13180 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13182 if (isec
->size
== 0
13183 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13184 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13185 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13186 isec
->output_section
)
13187 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13189 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13190 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13191 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13195 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13197 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13198 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13202 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13204 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13205 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13206 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13211 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13212 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13214 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13215 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13216 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13217 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13218 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13220 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13224 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13226 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13227 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13232 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13233 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13234 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13235 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13236 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13237 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13238 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13239 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13240 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13241 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13242 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13248 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13251 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13252 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13253 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13254 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13258 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13259 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13260 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13262 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13264 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13267 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13268 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13269 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13270 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13271 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13272 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13273 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13275 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13277 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13279 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13280 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13281 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13282 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13284 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13285 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13286 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13287 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13288 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13290 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13292 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13293 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13294 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13295 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13296 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13297 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13298 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13301 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13302 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13303 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13304 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13305 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13306 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13311 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13312 struct map_stub
*group
;
13314 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13316 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13318 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13322 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13324 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13327 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13328 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13329 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13332 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13333 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13335 section
= section
->next
)
13337 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13339 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13341 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13342 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13343 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13344 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13345 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13348 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13349 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13350 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13351 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13354 /* Get the relocs. */
13356 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13357 info
->keep_memory
);
13358 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13359 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13361 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13362 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13363 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13364 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13366 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13367 unsigned int r_indx
;
13368 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13369 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13370 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13371 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13372 bfd_vma destination
;
13373 unsigned long local_off
;
13374 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13375 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13376 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13377 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13380 const asection
*id_sec
;
13381 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13382 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13384 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13385 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13387 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13390 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13393 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13394 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13395 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13396 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13397 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13398 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13401 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13403 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13404 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13405 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13406 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13413 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13414 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13415 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13418 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13419 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13421 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13422 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13425 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13426 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13428 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13429 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13431 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13432 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13434 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13435 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13436 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13438 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13439 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13440 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13449 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13450 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13457 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13458 destination
= (sym_value
13459 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13460 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13461 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13466 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13467 code_value
= sym_value
;
13468 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13473 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13475 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13478 code_value
+= adjust
;
13479 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13481 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13482 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13483 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13485 destination
= dest
;
13488 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13490 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13491 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13492 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13497 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13499 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13500 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13503 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13505 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13506 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13507 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13508 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13509 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13510 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13511 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13512 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13513 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13515 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13517 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13518 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13519 different object files when creating the
13520 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13521 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13522 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13523 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13524 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13525 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13526 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13527 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13528 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
))
13529 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13530 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13531 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13532 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13535 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13538 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13539 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13540 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13542 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13543 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13544 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13546 /* Get tls info. */
13547 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13549 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13550 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13551 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13552 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13553 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13557 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13560 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13561 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13562 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13563 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13564 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13565 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13566 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13568 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13569 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13570 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13573 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13576 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13577 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13579 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13580 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13582 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13584 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13585 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13586 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13588 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13590 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13591 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13592 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13593 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13594 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13595 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13597 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13599 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13600 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13601 variety won't be created.) */
13602 bfd_boolean notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13603 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13604 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13606 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13608 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13609 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13610 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13611 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13612 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13614 /* xgettext:c-format */
13616 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13617 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13618 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13620 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13621 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13623 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13625 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13626 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13628 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13630 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13636 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13639 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13640 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13641 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13642 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13643 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13645 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13647 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13648 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13650 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13652 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13653 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13659 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13660 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13661 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13662 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13663 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13664 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13665 /* Fall through. */
13666 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13667 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13668 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13669 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13670 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13672 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13674 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13675 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13677 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13679 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13680 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13686 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13687 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13691 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13692 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13695 error_ret_free_internal
:
13696 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13697 free (internal_relocs
);
13698 error_ret_free_local
:
13699 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13700 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13705 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13706 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13707 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13709 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13710 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13714 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13715 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13717 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13718 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13719 stub_entry
->symtype
13720 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13721 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13724 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13725 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13726 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13729 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13730 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13731 free (internal_relocs
);
13734 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13735 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13737 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13740 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13744 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13746 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13748 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13749 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13750 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13752 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13754 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13755 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13756 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13757 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13758 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13759 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13760 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13763 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13765 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13766 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13767 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13768 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13769 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13772 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13773 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13774 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13775 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13776 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13777 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13778 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13779 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13781 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13783 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13784 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13785 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13787 if (info
->emitrelocations
13788 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13790 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13791 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13794 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13795 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13796 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13798 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13800 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13801 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13802 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13803 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13804 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13806 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13807 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13808 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13809 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13810 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13813 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13814 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13815 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13817 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13818 group
->stub_sec
->size
13819 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13822 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13823 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13824 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13825 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13826 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13830 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13831 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13832 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13833 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13834 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13835 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13836 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13839 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13840 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13843 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13844 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13847 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13848 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13849 struct map_stub
*group
;
13851 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13852 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13853 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13854 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13855 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13858 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13862 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13863 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13864 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13865 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13866 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13868 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13869 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13871 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13873 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13875 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13878 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13879 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13881 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13883 /* stub section size. */
13884 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13886 /* Augmentation. */
13888 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13889 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13890 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13891 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13893 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13896 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13898 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13901 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13902 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13904 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13907 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13909 /* Augmentation. */
13912 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
? 3 : 2);
13913 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13915 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13916 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 4 : 2);
13917 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13919 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13921 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13922 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13923 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13924 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13925 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13926 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13927 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13928 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13931 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13932 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13933 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13934 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13935 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13940 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13941 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13944 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13947 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13951 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13952 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13954 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13955 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13959 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13960 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13964 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13965 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13966 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13967 || h
->def_regular
))
13969 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13970 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13975 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13976 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13977 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13978 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13979 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13980 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13982 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13984 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13986 /* This may happen for
13987 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13989 o bad linker script
13990 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13992 FIXME: Warn user? */
13994 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13996 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13997 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13999 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14002 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14003 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14004 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14007 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14008 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14012 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14013 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
14019 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
14021 /* Force alignment. */
14022 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
14023 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
14024 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14026 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
14028 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14032 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
14034 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
14035 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14040 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
14041 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
14042 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
14043 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
14049 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
14050 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
14053 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
14055 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14056 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14057 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14060 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
14064 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14068 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14069 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14071 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
14072 table. Set it up. */
14073 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14074 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14077 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14079 if (!(h
->def_regular
14080 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14081 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
14083 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14085 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14086 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14087 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14089 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14091 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14095 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14096 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
14098 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14100 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14102 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14107 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14109 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14111 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14112 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14115 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14116 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14117 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14122 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14123 + plt
->output_offset
14124 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14125 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14126 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14127 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14132 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14133 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14134 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14135 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14136 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14137 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14138 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14139 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14140 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14141 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14142 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14146 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14149 if (h
->def_regular
)
14152 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14153 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14156 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14157 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14158 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14164 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14165 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14166 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14168 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14169 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14171 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14173 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14174 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14176 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14178 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14179 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14180 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14182 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14185 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14186 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14188 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14189 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14194 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14195 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14198 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14200 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14201 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14202 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14203 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14204 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14205 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14206 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14208 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14212 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14214 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14217 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14219 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14221 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14227 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14230 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14232 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14235 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14237 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14238 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14240 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14241 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14242 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14244 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14247 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14251 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14252 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14253 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14254 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14255 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14256 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14257 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14258 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14260 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14262 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14266 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14267 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14269 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14274 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14275 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14276 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14278 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14280 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14281 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14282 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14286 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14287 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14290 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14292 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14293 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14296 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14297 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14302 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14303 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14304 + plt
->output_offset
14305 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14306 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14309 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14311 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14316 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14318 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14320 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14321 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14322 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14323 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14327 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14328 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14330 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14333 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14339 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14340 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14343 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14345 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14346 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14348 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14350 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14351 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14352 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14353 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14354 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14356 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14358 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14359 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14363 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14364 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14365 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14367 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14368 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14371 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14374 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14376 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14379 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14380 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14388 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14390 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14391 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14393 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14394 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14396 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14397 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14399 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14400 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14401 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14402 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14407 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14408 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14409 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14412 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14415 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14416 struct map_stub
*group
;
14417 asection
*stub_sec
;
14419 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14424 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14425 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14427 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14428 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14429 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14430 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14432 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14434 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14436 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14440 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14445 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14446 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14449 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14450 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14453 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14455 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14456 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14457 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14458 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14459 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14460 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14461 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14463 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14466 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14467 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14469 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14471 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14474 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14475 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14476 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14477 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14479 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14480 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14481 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14485 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14487 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14489 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14491 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14493 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14495 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14497 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14499 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14501 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14503 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14511 . .quad plt0-1f # plt0 entry relative to 1:
14513 # We get here with r12 initially @ a glink branch
14514 # Load the address of _dl_runtime_resolve from plt0 and
14515 # jump to it, with r0 set to the index of the PLT entry
14516 # to be resolved and r11 the link map.
14517 __glink_PLTresolve:
14518 . std %r2,24(%r1) # optional
14524 . ld %r0,(0b-1b)(%r11)
14525 . sub %r12,%r12,%r11
14526 . add %r11,%r0,%r11
14527 . addi %r0,%r12,1b-2f
14534 . b __glink_PLTresolve
14536 . b __glink_PLTresolve */
14538 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
14540 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14543 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14545 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14547 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14549 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14551 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
14552 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-20 & 0xfffc);
14554 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc);
14555 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, insn
, p
);
14557 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14559 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R0_R11
, p
);
14561 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-44 & 0xffff), p
);
14563 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14565 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14567 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14569 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14572 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14574 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14576 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14578 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14584 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14589 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14591 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14596 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14597 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14603 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14605 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14606 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14607 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14609 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14610 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14614 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14615 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14617 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14621 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14622 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14624 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14627 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14629 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14631 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14634 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14636 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14637 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14638 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14642 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14643 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14645 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14646 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14647 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14649 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14650 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14652 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14653 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14654 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14656 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14657 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14660 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14661 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14663 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14664 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14665 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14666 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14670 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14671 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14676 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14677 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14682 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14683 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14685 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14686 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14688 /* Offset to stub section. */
14689 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14690 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14691 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14692 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14693 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14694 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14697 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14698 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14701 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14702 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14704 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14706 /* Offset to .glink. */
14707 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14708 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14710 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14711 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14712 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14713 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14716 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14717 htab
->glink
->name
);
14720 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14721 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14725 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14726 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14728 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14729 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14730 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14731 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14737 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14738 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14741 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14747 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14748 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14749 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14751 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14755 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14757 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14758 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14759 " branch both %lu\n"
14760 " long branch %lu\n"
14761 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14762 " long notoc %lu\n"
14765 " plt call save %lu\n"
14766 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14767 " plt call both %lu\n"
14768 " global entry %lu"),
14770 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14771 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14772 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14773 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14774 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14775 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14776 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14777 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14778 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14779 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14780 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14781 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14782 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14790 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14791 discarded sections. */
14793 static unsigned int
14794 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14796 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14799 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14802 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14805 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14808 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14811 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14815 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14817 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14818 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14819 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14820 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14821 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14822 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14823 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14824 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14825 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14826 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14827 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14828 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14829 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14830 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14831 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14832 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14833 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14834 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14835 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14836 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14837 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14838 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14839 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14840 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14841 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14842 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14843 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14845 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14846 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14847 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14848 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14849 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14850 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14851 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14852 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14853 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14854 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14855 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14856 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14857 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14858 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14859 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14860 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14868 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14869 to handle the relocations for a section.
14871 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14872 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14875 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14876 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14877 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14880 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14881 address or the reloc symbol index.
14883 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14885 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14886 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14888 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14889 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14891 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14892 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14893 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14894 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14898 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14899 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14901 asection
*input_section
,
14902 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14903 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14904 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14905 asection
**local_sections
)
14907 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14910 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14911 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14912 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14913 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14915 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14917 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14918 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14919 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14920 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14921 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14922 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14924 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14925 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14928 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14932 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14933 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14936 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14938 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14942 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14943 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14944 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14945 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14946 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14948 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14949 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14950 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14952 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14954 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14958 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14959 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14960 const char *sym_name
;
14961 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14962 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14963 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14964 unsigned char sym_type
;
14965 bfd_vma relocation
;
14966 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14967 bfd_boolean warned
;
14968 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14971 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14972 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14974 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14975 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14976 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14983 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14984 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14986 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14987 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14988 proper TOC base to use. */
14989 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14991 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14993 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14999 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15002 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
15004 /* It's a local symbol. */
15005 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
15007 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
15008 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
15009 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
15010 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
15011 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
15012 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
15013 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
15015 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
15021 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
15022 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
15023 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
15024 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
15025 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
15026 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
15027 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
15029 relocation
+= adjust
;
15035 bfd_boolean ignored
;
15037 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
15038 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
15039 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
15040 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
15041 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
15042 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
15044 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
15045 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
15047 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
15048 such are defined in output sections, even those
15049 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
15050 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
15051 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
15052 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
15053 by the opd entry. */
15054 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
15055 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
15056 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15058 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15059 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
15060 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
15063 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
15064 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
15071 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
15073 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
15075 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
15076 input_bfd
, input_section
,
15077 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
15078 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15080 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
15082 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
15083 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
15084 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
15085 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
15086 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
15087 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
15093 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15096 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
15098 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15099 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
15100 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15103 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
15104 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
15105 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
15106 for the final instruction stream. */
15111 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
15112 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
15114 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
15115 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15116 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
15117 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15118 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
15120 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
15121 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15122 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15123 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15125 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15126 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15128 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15129 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15133 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15136 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15137 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15138 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15139 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15141 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15142 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15143 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15145 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15146 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15147 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15148 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15149 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15152 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15153 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15154 /* xgettext:c-format */
15155 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15156 /* xgettext:c-format */
15157 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15158 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15159 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15163 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15164 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15165 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15166 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15167 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15168 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15169 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15170 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15171 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15172 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15173 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15181 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15182 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15183 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15185 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15186 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15187 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15188 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15191 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15192 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15193 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15194 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15196 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15197 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15200 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15201 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15207 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15208 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15209 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15211 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15212 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15217 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15218 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15222 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15223 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15226 else if (retval
== 3)
15228 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15229 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15237 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15238 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15239 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15240 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15242 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15243 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15244 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15245 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15249 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15250 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15251 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15252 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15255 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15256 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15258 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15260 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15261 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15262 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15264 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15265 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15266 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15267 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15271 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15275 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15276 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15277 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15279 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15280 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15282 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15283 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15284 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15286 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15287 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15288 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15289 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15290 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15295 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15296 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15298 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15299 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15302 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15305 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15306 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15307 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15308 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15309 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15311 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15312 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15313 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15314 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15318 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15320 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15322 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15323 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15325 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15327 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15328 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15329 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15334 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15335 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15336 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15344 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15345 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15347 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15351 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15352 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15353 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15356 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15357 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15358 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15361 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15363 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15365 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15369 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15370 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15372 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15376 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15377 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15378 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15380 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15383 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15384 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15385 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15386 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15387 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15388 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15389 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15390 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15391 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15392 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15394 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15396 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15397 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15398 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15399 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15400 before the call by intervening code. */
15401 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15402 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15403 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15406 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15407 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15408 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15409 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15410 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15411 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15412 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15413 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15415 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15416 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15417 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15422 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15423 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15424 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15427 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15428 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15429 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15431 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15433 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15434 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15436 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15437 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15438 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15440 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15441 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15442 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15443 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15447 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15448 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15450 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15451 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15453 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15454 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15455 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15458 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15459 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15461 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15462 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15468 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15469 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15471 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15473 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15474 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15476 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15477 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15478 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15482 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15483 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15484 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15486 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15487 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15488 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15489 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15490 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15494 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15495 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15497 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15499 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15500 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15501 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15502 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15503 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15504 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15505 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15506 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15507 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15508 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15513 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15514 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15515 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15517 unsigned int insn2
;
15518 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15520 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15521 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15523 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15524 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15525 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15526 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15527 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15531 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15532 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15534 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15537 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15538 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15543 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15545 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15546 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15548 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15549 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15551 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15556 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15557 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15558 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15561 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15562 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15563 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15564 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15565 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15566 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15568 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15573 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15574 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15575 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15577 unsigned int insn2
;
15578 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15580 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15581 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15583 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15584 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15585 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15586 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15587 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15591 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15592 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15594 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15595 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15597 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15602 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15603 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15604 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15605 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15606 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15608 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15609 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15610 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15611 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15612 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15613 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15618 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15619 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15620 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15621 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15623 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15625 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15626 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15627 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15630 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15631 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15633 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15638 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15640 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15641 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15642 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15647 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15648 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15650 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15651 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15655 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15656 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15657 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15658 && !info
->traditional_format
15659 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15661 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15663 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15664 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15665 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15666 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15668 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15669 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15670 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15671 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15672 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15673 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15678 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15679 + input_section
->output_offset
15680 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15681 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15683 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15685 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15686 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15687 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15688 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15690 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15691 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15694 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15695 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15701 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15702 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15703 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15704 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15705 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15708 if .TOC. is in range. */
15709 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15710 && !info
->traditional_format
15712 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15713 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15714 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15715 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15716 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15717 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15718 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15720 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15721 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15722 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15723 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15724 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15725 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15727 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15728 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15729 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15730 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15731 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15732 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15738 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15740 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15741 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15742 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15748 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15749 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15750 + input_section
->output_offset
15751 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15752 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15753 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15755 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15757 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15758 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15759 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15760 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15764 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15765 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15766 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15767 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15768 /* Fall through. */
15770 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15771 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15772 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15773 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15774 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15775 /* Fall through. */
15777 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15778 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15779 /* Fall through. */
15781 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15782 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15783 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15784 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15785 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15786 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15787 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15788 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15789 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15794 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15795 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15796 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15798 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15799 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15800 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15801 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15802 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15805 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15806 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15807 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15808 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15809 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15810 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15811 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15813 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15815 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15817 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15819 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15821 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15822 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15824 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15826 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15827 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15830 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15831 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15832 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15833 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15837 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15838 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15843 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15844 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15845 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15846 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15847 else if (nop
== NOP
15848 || nop
== CROR_151515
15849 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15852 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15853 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15855 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15858 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15859 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15860 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15861 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15866 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15868 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15873 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15874 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15876 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15877 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15878 the same, if we could detect such. */
15879 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15885 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15886 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15887 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15888 global symbol and on the other a local call
15889 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15890 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15891 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15893 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15895 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15897 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15898 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15899 - sec
->output_offset
);
15901 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15903 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15904 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15909 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15910 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15911 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15912 /* xgettext:c-format */
15913 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15914 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15915 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15917 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15918 /* xgettext:c-format */
15919 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15920 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15921 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15928 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15929 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15930 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15933 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15934 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15935 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15936 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15938 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15939 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15940 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15941 - sec
->output_offset
);
15942 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15943 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15947 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15951 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15953 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15954 + input_section
->output_offset
15955 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15957 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15961 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15962 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15963 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15964 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15965 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15966 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15967 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15968 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15971 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15972 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15973 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15974 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15975 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15976 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15977 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15978 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15979 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15980 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15983 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15984 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15985 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15986 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15987 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15988 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15989 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15990 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15993 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15995 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15996 rather than the procedure directly. */
15997 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15999 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
16000 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
16001 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
16002 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
16003 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
16004 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
16006 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
16007 + stub_sec
->output_offset
16008 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
16010 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
16012 if ((((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16013 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
16014 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
16015 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
16016 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16017 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16018 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
16019 || ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
16020 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
16021 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
16022 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
))
16024 /* Skip over the r2 store at the start of the stub. */
16025 if (!(stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
16026 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
16028 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)))
16032 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16033 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
16034 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
16035 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16042 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
16043 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
16044 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
16045 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
16046 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
16047 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
16048 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
16054 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
16055 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
16056 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
16059 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16062 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
16063 We can thus call a weak function without first
16064 checking whether the function is defined. */
16066 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16067 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16068 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
16069 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
16073 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16078 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16079 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16080 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16082 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16083 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16084 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16086 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16087 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16089 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16090 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16091 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
16092 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16097 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16098 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16099 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16100 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16102 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16103 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
16104 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16106 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16107 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
16108 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16110 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16111 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16112 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
16113 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16115 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
16116 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
16118 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
16119 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16124 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16125 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16126 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16128 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16129 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
16130 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16131 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
16132 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16135 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16136 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16138 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16139 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16140 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16143 /* Replace with paddi. */
16144 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16145 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16146 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16147 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16148 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16149 /* Fall through. */
16151 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16152 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16153 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16154 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16155 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16156 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16158 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16159 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16161 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16162 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16163 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16164 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16166 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16168 /* zero means next insn. */
16171 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
16174 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16175 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16177 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16179 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16181 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16182 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16184 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16186 addend
+= addend_off
;
16187 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16188 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16189 contents
+ offset
);
16190 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16191 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16192 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16194 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16195 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16196 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16205 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16209 /* xgettext:c-format */
16210 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16211 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16219 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16220 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16221 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16222 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16223 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16224 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16225 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16228 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16229 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16230 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16231 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16232 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16233 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16234 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16235 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16236 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16237 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16240 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16241 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16242 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16243 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16244 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16245 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16248 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16249 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16250 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16251 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16252 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16253 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16256 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16257 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16258 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16259 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16260 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16261 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16264 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16265 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16266 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16267 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16268 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16269 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16270 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16273 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16278 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16279 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16281 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16282 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16283 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16288 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16289 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16290 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16291 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16292 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16293 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16294 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16295 because of a version file. */
16299 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16300 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16302 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16306 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16308 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16311 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16312 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16313 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16314 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16320 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16321 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16322 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16323 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16327 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16328 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16329 processed this entry. */
16331 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16335 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16336 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16344 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16345 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16348 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16349 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16350 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16353 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16355 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16357 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16359 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
16361 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16362 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16364 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16365 + got
->output_offset
16367 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16368 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16370 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16371 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16372 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16374 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16375 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16376 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16377 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16379 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16380 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16382 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16385 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16386 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16387 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16388 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16389 else if (indx
!= 0)
16390 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16394 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16396 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16398 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16400 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16401 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16405 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16407 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16408 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16410 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16411 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16413 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16416 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16417 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16418 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16419 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16422 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16423 emitting a reloc. */
16426 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16429 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16433 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16436 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16437 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16438 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16441 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16443 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16444 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16448 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16449 got
->contents
+ off
);
16453 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16456 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16458 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16459 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16460 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16461 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16462 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16463 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16467 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16468 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16469 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16470 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16471 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16472 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16473 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16474 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16475 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16476 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16477 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16478 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16479 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16480 procedure linkage table. */
16481 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16483 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16485 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16486 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16488 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16489 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16490 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16494 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16496 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16497 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16498 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16503 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16504 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (h
)))
16507 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16508 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16509 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16511 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16513 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16514 + plt
->output_offset
16515 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16516 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16517 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16518 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16519 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16521 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16522 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16526 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16534 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16535 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16536 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16537 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16538 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16540 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16541 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16543 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16546 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16547 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16548 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16550 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16551 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16552 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16553 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16554 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16555 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16556 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16561 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16562 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16563 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16564 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16565 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16566 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16567 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16569 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16572 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16573 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16574 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16575 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16576 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16577 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16578 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16579 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16580 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16581 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16582 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16583 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16584 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16585 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16586 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16587 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16588 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16589 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16590 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16591 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16592 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16593 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16596 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16597 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16598 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16599 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16600 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16601 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16602 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16603 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16604 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16605 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16606 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16607 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16608 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16610 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16611 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16613 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16614 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16615 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16616 defined before using them. */
16617 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16619 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16620 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16622 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16625 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16626 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16627 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16628 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16629 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16632 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16633 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16634 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16635 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16636 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16637 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16638 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16639 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16640 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16641 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16642 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16643 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16644 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16645 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16646 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16649 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16650 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16655 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16660 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16661 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16662 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16665 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16666 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16667 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16668 /* Fall through. */
16670 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16672 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16673 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16674 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16675 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16676 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16677 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16678 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16679 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16680 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16681 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16682 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16683 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16684 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16685 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16686 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16687 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16688 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16689 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16690 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16691 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16692 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16693 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16694 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16695 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16696 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16697 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16698 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16699 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16701 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16702 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16703 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16706 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16709 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16712 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16714 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16715 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16716 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16718 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16719 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16721 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16726 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16727 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16733 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16734 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16735 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16737 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16738 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16739 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16740 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16741 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16742 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16744 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16745 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16746 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16747 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16748 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16749 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16750 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16751 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16752 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16753 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16756 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16758 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16760 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16762 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16763 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16764 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16768 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16769 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16770 at a local function. */
16771 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16772 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16774 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16776 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16777 when building shared libraries and we
16778 reference a function in another shared
16779 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16780 definition in an application that's
16781 overridden by a strong definition in a
16782 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16783 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16784 In these cases we won't use the opd
16785 entry in this lib. */
16786 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16789 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16791 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16792 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16793 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16796 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16798 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16799 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16800 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16801 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16808 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16809 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16811 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16812 /* xgettext:c-format */
16813 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16814 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16815 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16816 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16820 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16822 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16829 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16831 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16833 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16834 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16835 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16836 reduced to a relocation against their
16837 section symbol because it holds the
16838 address of the section, not a value
16839 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16840 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16841 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16842 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16843 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16844 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16849 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16852 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16853 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16854 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16856 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16857 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16859 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16862 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16863 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16864 the output section's address but not the
16865 offset of the input section in the output
16867 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16870 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16874 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16876 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16877 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16879 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16880 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16881 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16883 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16886 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16889 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16890 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16891 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16893 if (!warned_dynamic
16894 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16896 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16897 /* xgettext:c-format */
16898 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16899 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16901 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16903 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16906 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16907 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16908 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16909 that the section contents are a known value. */
16912 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16913 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16914 ignores section contents except for the special
16915 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16916 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16917 cause reloc overflow. */
16920 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16921 to improve backward compatibility with older
16923 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16924 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16925 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16926 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16927 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16933 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16934 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16935 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16936 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16937 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16939 /* Fall through. */
16941 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16942 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16943 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16944 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16945 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16946 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16947 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16948 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16949 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16951 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16952 /* xgettext:c-format */
16953 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16955 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16962 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16963 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16964 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16970 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16971 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16972 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16973 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16974 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16975 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16976 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16977 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16978 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16979 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16980 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16981 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16985 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16986 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16987 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16988 /* Fall through. */
16989 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16990 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16992 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16993 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16994 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16996 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16997 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16998 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16999 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
17000 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
17004 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17005 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17006 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17008 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
17013 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17014 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17015 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17016 /* Fall through. */
17017 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17018 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17020 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17021 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
17022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
17023 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
17028 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17029 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17031 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
17034 /* Fall through. */
17035 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17036 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17038 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17039 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17040 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17041 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17042 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
17046 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17047 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17052 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17053 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17054 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17056 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
17059 /* Fall through. */
17060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
17061 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
17062 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17063 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17064 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
17065 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17066 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17067 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17068 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17069 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
17071 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17072 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17073 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
17075 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
17076 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
17077 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
17081 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17084 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17088 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17089 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
17091 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17092 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17097 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17098 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17099 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
17101 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17102 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17103 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17105 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17110 /* Do any further special processing. */
17116 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17117 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17118 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17119 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17120 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17121 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17125 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17126 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17127 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17128 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17129 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17130 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17131 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17132 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17133 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17134 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17135 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
17136 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17137 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17138 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17141 /* Fall through. */
17143 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17144 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17145 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17146 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17147 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17148 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17149 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17150 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17151 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17155 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17156 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17157 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17158 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17159 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17161 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17164 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17165 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17166 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17167 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17168 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17169 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17170 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17171 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17172 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17173 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17174 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17175 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17176 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17177 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17178 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17179 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17180 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17181 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17182 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17183 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17185 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17186 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17187 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17188 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17189 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17190 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17191 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17192 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17194 relocation
+= addend
;
17195 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17196 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17198 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17199 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17200 /* xgettext:c-format */
17201 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17202 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17203 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17212 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17213 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17214 not process them. */
17215 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17216 if (unresolved_reloc
17217 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17218 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17219 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17220 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17222 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17223 /* xgettext:c-format */
17224 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17225 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17227 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17231 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17232 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17233 have different reloc types. */
17234 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17235 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17236 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17238 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17240 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17241 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17242 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17243 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17244 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17245 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17246 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17247 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17248 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17249 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17250 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17251 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17253 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17254 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17255 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17261 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17263 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17264 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17265 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17266 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17267 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17268 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17269 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17270 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17271 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17272 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17273 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17274 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17275 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17277 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17278 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17279 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17282 relocation
+= addend
;
17283 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17284 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17285 + input_section
->output_offset
17286 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17287 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17289 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17291 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17293 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17294 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17295 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17299 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17300 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17301 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17302 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17306 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17307 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17308 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17311 relocation
+= addend
;
17312 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17313 + input_section
->output_offset
17314 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17315 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17316 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17318 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17321 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17322 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17327 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17328 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17329 relocation
, addend
);
17332 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17334 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17335 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17337 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17339 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17340 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17342 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17343 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17344 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17345 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17349 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17351 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17352 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17354 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17356 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17357 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17358 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17359 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
17360 (info
, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
, sym_name
,
17361 reloc_name
, orig_rel
.r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17366 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17367 /* xgettext:c-format */
17368 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17369 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17370 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17383 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17385 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17386 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17387 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17389 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17391 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17392 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17395 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17396 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17397 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17400 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17401 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17402 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17403 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17404 opd_entry_value. */
17405 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17408 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17409 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17410 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17411 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17414 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17419 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17422 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17423 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17424 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17425 asection
*input_sec
,
17426 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17428 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17435 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17436 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17439 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17440 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17441 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17443 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17447 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17451 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17452 dynamic sections here. */
17455 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17456 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17458 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17460 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17461 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17463 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17467 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17468 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17469 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17471 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17472 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17473 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17474 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17475 function pointer comparisons work between an
17476 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17478 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17479 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17481 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17483 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17484 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17485 function pointer. */
17492 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17493 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17494 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17495 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17497 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17498 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17502 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17505 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17506 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17508 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17509 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17511 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17512 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17513 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17514 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17520 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17521 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17523 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17524 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17525 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17526 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17528 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17529 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17531 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17532 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17534 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17537 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17538 return reloc_class_relative
;
17539 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17540 return reloc_class_plt
;
17542 return reloc_class_copy
;
17544 return reloc_class_normal
;
17548 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17551 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17552 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17554 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17558 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17562 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17563 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17565 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17567 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17569 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17572 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17573 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17574 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17576 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17579 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17586 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17588 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17589 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17590 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17591 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17592 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17593 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17597 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17600 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17604 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17605 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17606 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17607 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17608 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17611 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17612 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17615 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17619 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17620 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17624 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17625 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17629 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17633 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17634 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17635 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17636 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17640 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17644 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17645 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17647 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17648 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17649 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17650 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17651 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17653 /* Set .got entry size. */
17654 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17658 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17659 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17661 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17662 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17663 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17666 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17667 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17668 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17669 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17670 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17672 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17673 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17677 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17678 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17679 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17681 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17682 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17687 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17688 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17689 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17690 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17691 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17692 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17695 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17696 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17698 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17702 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17705 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17708 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17709 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17710 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17713 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17716 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17717 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17718 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17726 #include "elf64-target.h"
17728 /* FreeBSD support */
17730 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17731 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_le_vec
17732 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17733 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle-freebsd"
17735 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17736 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17737 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17738 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17741 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17744 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17746 #include "elf64-target.h"